Quarterlytics / Technology / Telecommunications Services / TPG Telecom Limited

TPG Telecom Limited

tpm · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker tpm
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · TPG Telecom Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
tpg ..... . 

TELECOM 

- -
•  • 
•  • • • 
-
• 
• 
-• • -
• 

-

•  •  •  • 
•  • • • 
• • -
-• 
•  • 
• 
•  • 
• 

Annual Report 
2021 

••• 
• 

• • 
• 
• 
• • 

Page 1  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents 

About TPG Telecom 

Chairman’s Letter 

CEO’s Report 

Key Risks 

Sustainability at TPG Telecom 

Operating and Financial Review (OFR) 

Directors’ Report 

Remuneration Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Financial Report 

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

ASX Additional Information 

3 

4 

6 

10 

13 

16 

24 

32 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

146 

147 

154 

Lodged with the Australian Securities Exchange (‘ASX’) 
under Listing Rule 4.3A. 

The ASX Appendix 4E and Full-Year Financial Results of 
TPG Telecom Limited and its controlled entities for the year 
ended 31 December 2021. 

Page 2  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
About 
TPG Telecom 

TPG Telecom Limited, formerly 
named Vodafone Hutchison Australia 
Limited, was listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange on 30 June 
2020. On 13 July 2020, this newly 
listed company merged with TPG 
Corporation Limited, formerly named 
TPG Telecom, to bring together the 
resources of two of Australia’s largest 
telecommunications companies, 
creating the leading challenger full-
service telecommunications provider. 

TPG Telecom is home to some of Australia’s most-loved 
brands including Vodafone, TPG, iiNet, AAPT, Internode, 
Lebara and felix. We own and operate nationwide mobile 
and fixed networks that are connecting Australia for 
the better. 

As the second largest telecommunications company 
listed on the ASX, TPG Telecom has a strong challenger 
spirit and a commitment to delivering the best services 
and products to our customers. We are driving 
competition and choice for businesses and consumers 
across Australia. 

Our Company 

The merger brought together two highly complementary 
businesses. TPG Telecom has the scale and financial 
strength to compete more effectively in the market – with 
greater ability to invest and drive innovation, service and 
product improvements to benefit all Australians. 

Our Purpose 

As a full-service telecommunications company, our 
nationwide mobile and fixed networks are connecting 
Australia for the better. It’s why our purpose is to build 
meaningful relationships and support vibrant, connected 
communities. 

Our Values 

Our four values guide how we think and behave, what we 
prioritise, and the experiences we create for our 
customers and communities every day. 

Stand together 
Together we are unstoppable. 

Own it 
We step up and own what we do. 

Simple’s better 
We challenge ourselves to find a simpler, fresher way. 

Boldly go 
We are hungry, curious and brave. 

Highlights 

SERVICE REVENUE 

EBITDA 

NPAT 

OPERATING FREE 
CASH FLOW 

$4.39b  $1.73b  $110m  $596m 

Page 3  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Letter 

Canning Fok, Chairman 

Dear Shareholders 

Thank you for your continued support of and investment 
in TPG Telecom Limited (TPG Telecom or Company). It 
is my pleasure to present our Annual Report for 2021. 

It was a great honour for me to be appointed as 
Chairman in March 2021. My involvement with the 
company dates back more than 20 years as Chairman of 
Hutchison Telecommunications Australia, one of TPG 
Telecom’s major shareholders, and later as a Director 
and Chairman of Vodafone Hutchison Australia, which 
was renamed TPG Telecom when the merger occurred 
on 26 June 2020. 

We are approaching the second anniversary, in July 
2022, of the merger of Vodafone Hutchison Australia and 
the original TPG. While the business of integrating the 
two companies has been made more challenging by the 
constraints created by the COVID pandemic, we have 
made tremendous progress. 

We finished 2021 in a strengthened position, significantly 
advancing our key priorities, including simplifying the 
business, implementing our integration activities, the 
rolling out of our 5G network, and expanding our fixed 
wireless broadband service offering. We also launched 
our sustainability strategy and continued to receive 
recognition for the quality of our products and services. 

As market conditions improve post COVID and we 
leverage the strong foundations of the merger and recent 
investments in our network, TPG Telecom’s Board feels 
very confident about the outlook for the company and 
about what we can achieve as the headwinds we have 
faced reduce and we achieve our potential. 

TPG Telecom is committed to its customers, people and 
shareholders and Directors are confident we are in a 
strong position to challenge and shape the 
telecommunications industry in Australia while delivering 
long-term shareholder value. 

2021 financial performance 

The 2021 financial results reflected the challenges of the 
COVID operating environment. Strong cost discipline and 
other merger integration synergies offset the impact on 
our results from the reduction in mobile customer 
volumes due to travel restrictions and other COVID 
impacts, as well as ongoing headwinds related to the 
transition of fixed broadband services to the NBN. 

The Company’s share price performance in the period 
was below our expectations, primarily reflecting the 
challenging operating conditions noted above. 

Dividends 

Notwithstanding the short-term challenges created by the 
COVID pandemic, TPG Telecom remains in a strong 
financial position, and delivered a strong cash flow 
performance in the year. 

This has allowed us to offer ongoing dividend increases, 
paying an interim dividend in October 2021 of 8.0 cents 
per share and declaring a fully franked final dividend 
payable in April 2022 of 8.5 cents per share, up from 7.5 
cents per share for the 2020 final dividend. 

The Board is confident of continuing to reward 
shareholders with dividends consistent with our policy of 
paying out at least 50% of adjusted net profit after tax 
(NPAT), which adds back one-off restructuring costs and 
certain non-cash items (customer base intangible 
amortisation, spectrum amortisation and any non-cash 
tax expense) to statutory NPAT. 

Page 4  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board renewal 

Conclusion and outlook 

My appointment as Chairman in March followed David 
Teoh’s decision to step back from the Company, having 
built the original TPG into a major challenger in the 
Australian telecommunications industry. 

The Board is thankful to David for his contribution. We 
also welcomed Jack Teoh, David’s son, as a Director this 
year, as well as Antony Moffatt, TPG Telecom’s former 
Company Secretary and before that, General Counsel of 
the original TPG. 

Looking ahead, the Board is confident TPG Telecom has 
the leadership and strategy in place to deliver long-term 
value for shareholders while achieving our purpose of 
building meaningful relationships and supporting vibrant, 
connected communities. 

We have achieved a great deal despite the challenging 
market and operating conditions created by COVID and 
have created strong foundations for the next phase of 
our growth and development as a company. 

Sustainability 

The Board welcomed the launch of our inaugural 
Sustainability Strategy 2021, recognising the increasing 
importance of sustainability practices to our customers 
and shareholders. 

The strategy outlines how we intend to enhance our 
commitment to a responsible and sustainable business 
through initiatives focused on the environment, customer 
wellbeing, inclusion and belonging, and the digital 
economy. 

TPG Telecom formally committed to setting a science-
based target to provide a clear path to reduce carbon 
emissions in line with the goals of the Paris Agreement. 

We also committed to powering 100% of our Australian 
operations with renewable energy by 2025, while our 
felix brand is already 100% powered by renewable 
electricity and certified carbon neutral. 

The Company is currently working to determine its 
shorter-term emissions reduction target and developing a 
detailed roadmap to achieve net zero carbon emissions 
by 2050. 

As we enter 2022, we are in a strong financial position 
and can be optimistic about the potential for improved 
operating conditions at the same time as our strategy 
gathers momentum and the market continues to 
recognise the great value that telecommunications assets 
and services provide to the economy and to society. 

We expect COVID-related restrictions impacting our 
mobile business to continue to lessen and we are 
targeting to deliver on the next stage of simplification 
and integration of the business, and to progress in key 
growth areas such as fixed wireless broadband services 
and services to larger business customers. 

I wish to thank my fellow directors for their contributions, 
and Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, Iñaki 
Berroeta, and his executive leadership team for their 
commitment and passion for the business. 

Above all, I would like to thank you, our shareholders, for 
your support, and to recognise our TPG Telecom people 
for their dedication to the Company, our customers, and 
each other. 

Canning Fok 
Chairman 

Page 5  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CEO’s Report 

We are ahead of schedule in achieving our merger 
synergies and we expect to deliver our 2023 target of 
$125 million to $150 million a year earlier in 2022. We 
are working hard to reduce operational and 
organisational complexities throughout the business. 

We are turning our focus to ways to drive higher 
utilisation, increase sharing of infrastructure and unlock 
value across our asset base. As we accelerate the 
benefits of the merger and pursue these opportunities, 
we have refreshed the guiding principles of our strategy 
to Integrate and Simplify, Win Smart and Maximise our 
Potential. 

3.  Maximise 
our Potential 

2.  Win  Smart 

Iñaki Berroeta, CEO & Managing Director 

The merger of Vodafone Hutchison Australia and 
TPG Corporation established TPG Telecom Limited 
(TPG Telecom, the Company) as a leading, full-service 
telecommunications company with enormous market 
potential. 

In 2021, we made strong progress in starting to deliver 
that potential while facing significant headwinds created 
by the COVID pandemic and other short-term pressures. 

We completed the first steps of integration to unify our 
operations, while staying focused on delivering leading 
customer service, looking after our people, and 
strengthening our financial position. 

As market headwinds begin to ease, we enter the year 
ahead with confidence. The re-opening of Australian 
borders will support the return of positive momentum in 
Consumer mobile numbers, and we expect great 
enthusiasm from customers for the products and services 
we can offer. 

For example, we have generated strong growth in 
subscribers to our fixed wireless broadband services – 
using 5G to offer an alternative to the NBN that delivers 
value and choice to customers while reducing wholesale 
service costs. 

We are also offering more to larger customers, targeting 
$1 billion of revenue in our Enterprise segment by 2025. 
In our Wholesale business, the functional separation of 
our retail and wholesale divisions means our 
infrastructure can be deployed more effectively, 
introducing more alternatives for customers. 

1.  Integrate 
and Simplify 

Time 

2021 achievements  

I am proud of our achievements in 2021 and our ability to 
respond rapidly to market and societal changes in the 
COVID operating environment. 

We have navigated the pandemic with agility and 
empathy and prioritised the health and safety of our 
people, customers and partners throughout. 

Critically, we were able to mitigate the financial impact of 
challenging operating conditions by executing merger 
cost synergies and through disciplined financial 
management throughout the business. 

Supporting our customers 

TPG Telecom's ongoing ability to meet the needs of our 
customers across more than 7.2 million services in 
operation and be recognised for great product and 
services is a source of pride for our people. 

While subscriber numbers were lower in mobile because 
of the constraints on international travel to and from 
Australia, we grew our fixed broadband customer base as 
customers embraced our fixed wireless offering. 

Our family of brands also continued its industry 
leadership position in customer satisfaction. We were 

Page 6  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
delighted by our recognition at Canstar Blue’s Telco 
Awards for 2021, receiving the awards for Outstanding 
Value in the Phone on a Plan and NBN Plans categories. 
And we maintained an average number of 
Telecommunications Industry Ombudsman complaints 
well below the industry average and sustaining our 
downward trend for reduced complaints overall. 

While some customers have experienced increased 
hardship during the pandemic, TPG Telecom has been an 
active contributor to the Australian Communications and 
Media Authority’s ongoing work on customer 
vulnerability. Information about how we supported our 
customers during the year detailed in our 2021 
Sustainability Report. 

Our people 

Supporting the health and wellbeing of our people, we 
established COVID-safe working protocols and 
implemented a policy of granting extra leave to enable 
our people to access vaccinations. 

A key Company focus is the experience of our 
employees, monitored through our Spirit Survey. In 2021, 
we recorded increases both in overall employee 
engagement and in our Values Alignment Index. These 
were solid improvements as we continue to seek to 
exceed the benchmark for high performing organisations. 
More information on employee engagement and 
wellbeing can be found in our Sustainability Report. 

Operational highlights 

We delivered $71 million of cost synergies in the year, 
just ahead of our target of $70 million, as we eliminated 
third-party network expenditure and reduced duplication 
in the organisation, creating a strong foundation to 
deliver further efficiencies in 2022. 

Another great benefit of the merger has been the 
opportunity to extract value from the combined Group’s 
assets and avoid greater capital investment. 

The strength of our existing low-band mobile spectrum 
holdings ensured TPG Telecom did not have to 
participate in the Federal Government’s auction of 
additional 850 MHz and 900 MHz spectrum in December 
2021. 

Avoided spectrum investment frees up capital to 
accelerate other investment in our network, specifically 
the 5G upgrade, as well as the government mandated 
replacement of Huawei equipment over coming years. 

The collective spectrum holdings of the merged Group, 
combined with the large investments we are making in 

our 5G network – part of the largest global 5G network 
under the Vodafone brand – mean we now have our best-
ever network. 

Significantly, we converted more than 1,000 sites to 5G 
across our radio access network in 2021 and, with the 
introduction of our standalone 5G network and 
introduction of 700 MHz spectrum, achieved 5G 
coverage to 85% of the population in Australia’s top 10 
cities.  

In December 2021, we commenced reducing 
organisational complexities across roles and 
responsibilities, streamlining our Executive Leadership 
Team from eleven to seven members. This change is the 
first step in enabling us to further simplify our 
organisational structure in 2022 to support a more 
efficient and sustainable operating model. 

I was excited to welcome Giovanni Chiarelli as our new 
Chief Technology Officer and Grant Dempsey as our new 
Group Chief Financial Officer early in 2022. 

Financial highlights 

Our financial performance for 2021 reflects the 
challenges of the pandemic and our progress in 
simplifying the business, while gaining new customers 
and market share in key areas. 

Consumer segment 

In Consumer, revenue of $4,308 million was down 4% on 
the 2020 pro forma1 result as lower mobile revenue was 
offset partially by increases in the fixed broadband 
business2. Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation (EBITDA) was down 8% on 2020 pro forma 
to $1,211 million because of the revenue decline3. 

The lower mobile revenue was primarily driven by the 
ongoing impact of COVID on international travel and 
aggressive competitor discounting of secondary brands 
and in retail partner channels. 

Although we have started to see a recovery over the last 
two to three months, mobile customer numbers were 
down over 2021 by 4% to 5.02 million. 

The reduction in average revenue per user (ARPU) in 
Consumer mobile since the beginning of COVID has 
started to stabilise. Post-paid ARPU of $39.1 was up 
marginally from $38.9 in the first half of 2021 but still 
down from $40.7 in the second half of 2020. This decline 
included a reduction in interconnection rates for calls 
from other networks, which is largely offset in costs. 

In our fixed business, we delivered strong gains in higher 
margin fixed wireless services – in which we reached 

1 Pro forma comparisons adjust FY20 statutory results as if the merger, 

2 Pro forma adjustment adds $816 million to statutory FY20 Consumer 

which occurred in June 2020, had been effective throughout the whole 
of FY20. 

revenue of $3,656 million. 

3 Pro forma adjustment adds $247 million to statutory FY20 Consumer 

EBITDA of $1,065 million. 

Page 7  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80,000 subscribers – and out total customer numbers 
increased to 2.22 million. However, these gains were 
offset by the impact of transitioning legacy ADSL 
customers to lower margin NBN services, higher NBN 
wholesale costs, and the imposition of the Regional 
Broadband Scheme levy on non-NBN broadband 
customers. 

Corporate segment 

In Corporate, total revenue of $985 million was down 1% 
on 2020 pro forma, as growth in on-net fibre and NBN 
enterprise ethernet services were offset by the decline in 
legacy copper-based services4. EBITDA in Corporate of 
$492 million was up 6% due to lower operating costs5. 

Group results 

At the Group level, the delivery of merger cost synergies 
drove operating costs lower, partially offsetting the 
impacts in gross margin in Consumer noted above, while 
disciplined financial management throughout the 
business resulted in a strong cash flow result despite the 
challenging operating conditions. 

Total group revenue was $5,293 million, down 3% on 
2020 pro forma6. Service revenue, which excludes device 
and installation revenue, was $4,389 million, down 4% on 
2020 pro forma7. EBITDA of $1,731 million was down 3% 
on 2020 pro forma as reductions in operating costs, 
primarily in labour, partially mitigated revenue impacts8. 

Our cash flow result was robust. A smaller increase in 
working capital arising from continued disciplined 
financial management resulted in operating cash flow of 
$1,627 million, up $64 million on 2020 pro forma9 
despite the decline in EBITDA. 

Investment in the business continued. Total capital 
expenditure on property, plant and equipment and 
intangibles was $831 million as we continued the 5G 
upgrade. Spectrum investment was greatly reduced at 
$91 million, compared with $204 million in 2020, 
reflecting the strong spectrum holdings we already have 
in place. Operating free cash flow was $596 million, while 
free cash flow before dividends improved to 
$410 million. 

This strong result enabled us to reward shareholders with 
a final dividend of 8.5 cents per share, 1.0 cent per share 
higher than 2020, in addition to the 2021 interim 
dividend of 8.0 cents per share. Adjusted net profit after 
tax (NPAT), which backs out the impact of amortisation 
of spectrum holdings and acquired intangibles, as well as 
non-cash tax and restructuring costs, is the basis for 

dividend calculations. Total dividends declared for 2021 
were 53% of Adjusted NPAT, a strong outcome relative to 
our policy of paying out at least 50%. 

2022 outlook 

We have entered 2022 with confidence that many of the 
headwinds of the past two years are lessening – and that 
our momentum in growth areas and delivering cost 
savings will make a positive impact as we target the early 
delivery of $125 million to $150 million of cost synergies. 

In Consumer, we anticipate the impacts on mobile 
subscriber numbers due to the constraints to 
international travel will ease and are encouraged by a net 
increase in total subscribers since November 2021. 

While the competitive environment in mobile remains 
robust, we are optimistic we are entering an environment 
in which margins can stabilise and recover as consumer 
uptake of 5G plans accelerates. 

In fixed, our target is to more than double uptake of fixed 
wireless services to 160,000 subscribers, enabling 
consumers to access a lower cost alternative to the NBN 
that avoids costly NBN wholesale fees. In addition, the 
impact of transitioning legacy ADSL customers to the 
NBN will be less. 

In the Corporate segment, which includes our Enterprise 
and Wholesale businesses, we anticipate further margin 
growth in 2022. We have been delighted to announce 
recent major customer wins, including NAB, Qantas, 
Master Builders Victoria and Yarra Valley Water 

Noting the programs in place to accelerate upgrades to 
our network and technology platforms, we expect capital 
expenditure for the year will be approximately 
$1,000 million, with minimal further spectrum capex. 

Strategic priorities 

TPG Telecom’s priorities for 2022 reflect the three 
guiding principles of our strategy I set out at the 
beginning of this report: Integrate and Simplify, Win 
Smart and Maximise our Potential. We currently have 
several initiatives under each of these. 

Integrate and Simplify means creating a lean company 
integrating our brands, technology, infrastructure, 
processes, and people as one. 

The delivery of merger cost synergies will continue to be 
a direct benefit of these efforts. We are putting in place 
transformation initiatives across the Company – focused 
on our technology architecture and our operating model 

4 Pro forma adjustment adds $302 million to statutory FY20 Corporate 

7 Pro forma adjustment adds $1,112 million to statutory FY20 Group 

revenue of $690 million. 

service revenue of $3,458 million. 

5 Pro forma adjustment adds $133 million to statutory FY20 Corporate 

8 Pro forma adjustment adds $398 million to statutory FY20 Group 

EBITDA of $331 million. 

EBITDA of $1,391 million. 

6 Pro forma adjustment adds $1,118 million to statutory FY20 Group 

revenue of $4,346 million. 

9 Pro forma adjustment adds $375 million to statutory FY20 Group 
operating cash flow of $1,188 million. 

Page 8  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
– to establish a base from which we can keep recurring 
operating expenditure broadly flat year-on-year. This will 
include rationalising IT applications. 

Simplification of our brand and marketing strategy is also 
critical to reducing complexity and enhancing our ability 
to offer customers a greater number of value-adding 
products and services, simply and seamlessly. 

Win Smart means focusing our investments where a clear 
infrastructure advantage, increased utilisation opportunity 
or valuable adjacency exists. 

Leveraging our 5G investments and Vodafone’s global 5G 
leadership as Australia recovers from the impact of 
COVID will be key. We intend to upgrade anther 1000-
plus sites to 5G in 2022. This should create an 
environment in which mobile subscriber numbers and 
ARPU recover and enable us to build on our strong 
progress in converting NBN customers to fixed wireless. 

There are four pillars to our strategy to grow Enterprise 
revenue (about 70% of Corporate revenue today) to 
$1 billion by 2025: developing an enterprise portfolio for 
small business; growing enterprise connectivity through 
better utilisation of our on-net broadband and NBN 
services; building our capabilities in network managed 
services and security; and enhancing our Internet of 
Things and mobile private networks solutions offerings. 

In Wholesale, completing the functional separation will 
open up more opportunities to invest in our on-net fibre-
to-the-basement (FTTB), hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) and 
very high-speed digital subscriber line (VDSL) networks 
to enable growth as we look to bring more retail service 
providers on to the network. 

Maximise our Potential means developing an efficient 
and scalable business model that creates a vibrant and 
dynamic competitor in the telco industry. 

Key to delivering a sustained transformation of this kind 
will be the delivery of enhanced, end-to-end digitisation 
in both Consumer and Enterprise channels. 

Strategic Priorities 

In addition, we are being strategic in the way we develop 
our infrastructure. We will we enhance the value and 
capability of our business by investing while also 
exploring opportunities to drive higher asset utilisation 
through greater sharing. 

The pandemic has led to an increased recognition of the 
critical role telecommunications services play in our 
economy and society. This has led to increased interest 
in the sector from pension funds and specialist investors. 

This creates opportunity for TPG Telecom to unlock 
greater value for the network infrastructure we own. For 
this reason, we are undertaking a review of whether we 
can release value for shareholders by divesting the 
passive infrastructure we own at approximately 1,250 
mobile phone towers and rooftop sites to a specialist 
investor that can drive higher utilisation. 

Execution of our sustainability strategy is key to the 
company maximising its potential. We are excited about 
the commitments we have made in customer wellbeing, 
environmental responsibility, inclusion and belonging, 
and the digital economy. 

Conclusion 

This is an exciting time for our industry and TPG 
Telecom. Having proven resilient to the challenges of 
COVID, we are positioned to continue to simplify our 
business and grow our market-share as a dynamic and 
integrated market leader. 

While there is still more to do to unlock the full value of 
the business, we made excellent progress during 2021 
and TPG Telecom is poised to accelerate its 
transformation in 2022. 

Inaki Berroeta 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

2021 
achievements 

2022 
objectives 

INTEGRATE AND SIMPLIFY 
• 

Realised $71m merger cost 
synergies 
Streamlined leadership team 

• 

• 

•  Deliver $125-150m merger 
cost synergies target 
Transform operating model 
to remove complexity 
Evolve Consumer brand and 
marketing strategy 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

WIN SMART 
• 

Reached 80,000 fixed 
wireless subscribers 
Relaunched Enterprise go-to-
market strategy 

MAXIMISE OUR POTENTIAL 
•  Delivered 1,000+ 5G sites 
•  Commenced strategic review 

of passive towers 
infrastructure 

Leverage recent positive 
momentum in mobile 
Target at least 160,000 fixed 
wireless subscribers 
Execute Enterprise growth 
strategy 

•  Deliver additional 1000+ 5G 

• 

• 

sites 
Enhance co-investment and 
infrastructure sharing models 
Potential monetisation of 
passive towers infrastructure 

•  Deliver functional separation 

in Wholesale 

Page 9  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Risks 

Overview 

At TPG Telecom, we recognise proactive risk 
management is essential for achieving our business 
objectives and improving outcomes for our customers, 
employees, and shareholders.  We are committed to the 
ongoing development of a strategic and consistent 
approach to risk management underpinned by a risk 
aware culture. 

The Board is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness 
of the risk management framework while the Executive 
Leadership Team and business units have responsibility 
for managing risks, including identification of risks and 
developing appropriate mitigation strategies. Our 
comprehensive risk management framework outlines our 
risk appetite, policies and procedures, reporting and 
performance and resilience activities. The enterprise risk 
function supports and drives consistent application of 
the risk management framework across the Group. 

The material business risks which could impact strategy 
execution and operational performance are provided 
below. These are not in in order of priority and do not 
represent all the financial and non-financial risks 
monitored by the organisation. 

Key Risks 

Network capability and performance 

Our customers rely on the availability and performance of 
our mobile and fixed networks. Network congestion and 
outages lead to poor customer experience and negatively 
impact our reputation. The COVID pandemic has 
highlighted the critical role that our sector plays and has 
reinforced the importance of resilient and reliable 
telecommunication services. Our networks have kept 
family and friends connected, allowed businesses to 
continue operating through remote working 
arrangements and facilitated ecommerce through 
lockdowns. 

The potential of network failures caused by human error, 
accidental damage, power outages, extreme weather 
conditions, natural disasters including bushfires, and 
physical or cyber security breaches could cause 
disruption to our business resulting in financial loss, 
increased customer attrition and possible legal liability. 
Furthermore, our ability to operate a competitive 
telecommunications business is dependent upon access 

to sufficient spectrum, equipment, and network 
infrastructure. If we were unable to acquire, renew or 
otherwise secure sufficient spectrum, equipment or 
network infrastructure at a competitive cost, our ability to 
provide services to customers economically and 
efficiently may limit profitability.  

We have, and continue to, invest significantly in network 
capability and resilience. Our network resilience is 
closely and continually monitored, and we have a robust 
operational incident management process in place as 
well as a Crisis and Emergency response plan for 
significant incidents. 

Competitive industry and market disruption 

We operate in a highly competitive marketplace where 
strong price competition, increasing demand for data 
and the high cost of network investment challenge our 
ability to sustain revenue growth, and increase market 
share. The telecommunications industry is particularly 
susceptible to rapid change, due to technological 
innovation, changing consumer trends and rapidly 
evolving industry practices. Innovation and disruptive 
technologies may cause market discontinuity which may 
in turn adversely impact our business models where 
there is a failure to transition and adapt quickly.  

To mitigate this risk, we continuously review and update 
our products and services as well as our operating model 
to maintain innovative and competitive offerings. We are 
also transforming our digital services to deliver an 
improved customer experience while maintaining an 
optimum cost base. Our technology experts monitor 
technological developments and emerging trends and 
work with global technology providers to capitalise on 
these opportunities. 

The COVID pandemic continues to present a risk to our 
business as migration and international travel slowly 
ramps up with borders reopening. International travel in 
particular impacts our consumer business in terms of 
population growth, unique brand proposition 
(international roaming) and revenue (from international 
roaming). 

To mitigate the impacts from the pandemic, we are 
focusing our proposition development to increase appeal 
to the domestic market, and we are looking for new ways 
to offset the loss of international roaming, for example 
through 5G monetisation.  

Page 10  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Key Risks continued 

Cyber security and data protection 

Legal and regulatory risk 

We operate in a highly regulated industry with complex 
and evolving legal requirements and are subject to a 
range of regulation from consumer service delivery 
through to our network security. This highly regulated 
environment exposes us to the risk of changes to 
regulatory policy and other government interventions 
which could impact our financial performance or the 
commercial viability of our operations. 

We always seek to comply with all applicable legal and 
regulatory obligations. Through strong legal and risk 
management frameworks, we ensure appropriate 
oversight of compliance risks and obligations, and 
proactively monitor emerging legal and compliance 
issues. Additionally, a strong culture of compliance is 
established with policies, codes and ongoing training and 
awareness initiatives which ensure our people are 
adequately equipped to understand and manage our 
compliance obligations. 

Health, safety and wellbeing 

The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees, 
contractors and broader stakeholders is paramount. 
Through our business operations, we may expose our 
people to high risk working environments. To manage 
this risk, we maintain an effective Health and Safety 
Management system and continuously improve 
processes, including standardising systems and 
processes post-merger to deliver a consistent and safe 
employee experience. 

We are committed to providing a safe and respectful 
environment for employees, contractors, and customers. 
During the COVID pandemic, we have actively monitored 
government health regulations and responded with safety 
measures including proactive employee communications, 
temporary office and retail store closures and COVID-
safety plans at all sites. In addition, we rolled out our 
vaccination policy as well as a holistic employee 
wellbeing program to support our employees through 
this challenging period. 

Cyber threats are constantly evolving, with heightened 
threats from international groups with sophisticated 
phishing scams and cyber-attacks, who are targeting 
individuals and Australian companies. These attacks have 
the potential to cause significant business interruption or 
compromise customer data privacy. The COVID 
pandemic has heightened the general risk of cyber 
threats as opportunistic cyber criminals have quickly 
adapted their methods to exploit an increase in the use 
of online services. We continue to decommission legacy 
systems post-merger and invest in cyber threat detection 
capabilities, cyber preventative controls and defensive 
strategies. 

TPG Telecom manages a significant volume of sensitive 
information and our customers, employees and third 
parties expect the highest levels of security to protect 
their personal information. The legal and regulatory 
environment regarding information security is 
increasingly complex and demanding and failure to 
protect personal information could result in reputational 
damage, regulatory scrutiny and financial loss. We always 
seek to handle personal data with integrity and in 
accordance with applicable laws. We take a Privacy-By-
Design approach and seek to continuously improve our 
controls environment.  We are committed to creating a 
strong security culture and provide mandatory annual 
training to ensure our people understand our obligations 
and are equipped to respond to cyber and privacy events 
appropriately. 

Technology stability and resilience 

We rely heavily on information and communications 
technology for the delivery of our services, and we have 
invested significantly in technology to maximise the 
efficiency of operations. Issues such as service 
interruptions or unavailability may arise if business critical 
systems are inadequately maintained, secured, and 
updated or are damaged due to accidents, deliberate 
attacks or natural disasters. These disruptions could 
result in impacts on our operations, reputation, customer 
retention, revenue, or costs. 

Our Digital transformation program is aimed at increasing 
the resilience, stability, and performance of our 
information technology systems and infrastructure. The 
program is supported by a strong governance framework 
to minimise impacts to the business and ensure we 
deliver the required business outcomes. We have strong 
incident management processes, including business 
continuity and disaster recovery plans in place to ensure 
the impact of a disruption is managed appropriately. 

Page 11  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
As a large corporate, we recognise our social 
responsibility and the growing focus placed by our 
employees, customers, shareholders, and broader 
communities on the way we do business. This includes 
our conduct and response to several social issues 
including modern slavery, ethical advertising and sales, 
digital safety, reconciliation and diversity and inclusion. 
Failure to appropriately meet these expectations may 
lead to reputational damage, regulatory inquiries, or 
shareholder actions. We have a strong corporate 
governance framework that complies with legal and 
regulatory requirements. Additionally, our policies, 
charters and codes are regularly reviewed to ensure our 
strong conduct, culture and governance framework 
meets the changing risk environment and increasing 
stakeholder expectations. 

In 2021, we released our Sustainability Strategy which 
identifies four key areas where we are well placed to 
make a meaningful difference to our stakeholders, 
underpinned by a set of fundamental, responsible 
business practices. The commitments within our 
Sustainability Strategy can be accessed on our website 
www.tpgtelecom.com.au and progress on initiatives is 
reported in our Sustainability Report. 

Key Risks continued 

Capability and Culture 

Attracting and maintaining a diverse and engaged 
workforce with the right skills, capabilities and 
experience is critical for our success. Failure to attract 
and retain the right talent and develop a high performing 
and inclusive culture could inhibit our ability to meet our 
strategic objectives. 

We recognise the challenges of integrating two different 
businesses and have focussed on developing a strong 
unified culture to attract and retain the best people. 
Earlier this year we launched our new values to bring the 
TPG Telecom Spirit to life. In addition, we have 
introduced several initiatives including the inaugural 
employee engagement survey, hybrid work model, and 
leadership programs for executive and general 
management. Capability and skills analysis and 
succession planning is an ongoing focus. 

We are committed to maintaining a diverse, inclusive, and 
flexible workplace to achieve our desired culture. 

Environmental and social 

A range of environmental and social risks exist which 
impact our business, our stakeholders and our society 
and we understand the importance of managing these 
risks well. 

As an owner and operator of telecommunications 
infrastructure we recognise climate change presents risks 
to our business including damage to our infrastructure 
(e.g., from increases in extreme weather events and 
bushfires), financial risk (e.g., additional costs of 
regulation, potential litigation and increases in energy 
costs) and reputational risk (e.g., failure to meet 
stakeholder expectations). 

To mitigate these risks, our operations teams build 
network resilience and redundancy against environmental 
risks and our subject matter experts ensure our mobile 
and base stations comply with international and national 
safety limits. We have been working on programs to 
reduce energy usage in our networks and have 
contributed further to emissions reductions through felix 
mobile, Australia’s first telecommunications brand to be 
powered by 100 percent renewable energy. We 
recognise the importance of proactively managing 
climate risks and are working towards reporting against 
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) framework in 2022.  

Page 12  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Sustainability at TPG Telecom 

TPG Telecom is committed to conducting its business in 
a way that supports the needs of all stakeholders – 
including our customers, our people and our 
communities. We believe that acting as a responsible and 
sustainable business is fundamental to the creation and 
protection of long-term value. 

When we developed our first Sustainability Strategy in 
2021, we did so by aligning it to both our Company 
purpose and our corporate strategy. 

We feel that our Sustainability Strategy is critical to 
delivering on our purpose to build meaningful 
relationships and support vibrant, connected 
communities. It outlines how we will operate our 
business responsibly, and make a difference for our 
customers, people and community, now and into the 
future. 

Our corporate strategy aims to capitalise on our 
strengths and opportunities as a full-service 
telecommunications company through the guiding 
principles of Integrate and Simplify, Win Smart and 
Maximise our Potential. Our Sustainability Strategy 
complements these principles, identifying four key areas 
where we believe we are well-placed to make a 
meaningful difference for our stakeholders: 

•  Customer wellbeing 
• 
• 
•  Digital economy 

Inclusion and belonging 
Environmental responsibility 

These are underpinned by a set of fundamental, 
responsible business practices. Together, these 
represent our framework for creating a responsible and 
sustainable business. 

The TPG Telecom Sustainability Strategy and 
Sustainability Reports can be accessed on our website 
www.tpgtelecom.com.au. 

Customer Wellbeing 

Taking care of our customers as they use our 
products and services 

We understand that to continue to grow we must do 
business in a way that puts our customers first – taking 
care of our customers as they use our products and 
services. That’s why we’re focused on responding to the 
diverse needs of all of our customers, as well as helping 
our customers to stay safe online and protecting their 
privacy and security. 

We have been leaders in supporting vulnerable 
customers, whether its customers in financial hardship, 
domestic or family violence, or in need of special 
assistance for other reasons. When the Australian 
Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) released a 
consultation draft Statement of Expectations for the 
telecommunications industry on consumer vulnerability, 
we contributed to and supported the joint industry 
submission from the Communications Alliance and 
provided our own response with suggestions for 
improvement. Upon finalisation of the Statement of 
Expectations by the ACMA, we will update our own 
customer vulnerability policy and framework to meet or 
exceed the industry-wide approach and will work to 
continue to identify further opportunities for enhancing 
our services and support for customers experiencing 
vulnerability. 

The security and privacy of our customers and their data 
is a top priority and we recognise it is a key risk to our 
business. To help combat scams and fraud, we provide 
regular updates regarding fraud awareness on all our 
customer-facing websites and use several tools and 
processes to minimise scams and fraud. We are also in 
the process of implementing standards that align to new 
regulation related to customer authentication. There are 
also ongoing initiatives in place to implement additional 
sophisticated technological solutions that will help 
prevent scams and theft using our networks. 

Inclusion and belonging 

Creating an inclusive business where all our 
people, customers and communities belong 

Maximising our potential as a business requires 
committed focus on being an inclusive organisation 
where we can best understand and serve our diverse 
customer base, collaborate successfully and innovate in a 
world of increasingly fast paced change. We strive to 
create an environment of equality where everyone feels 
respected and supported to be themselves at work. 

In 2021 we developed and launched our Gender Action 
Plan, which acts as our roadmap to improving gender 
equality. Our aim is to increase female representation, 
particularly in our leadership team, through commitments 
focussed on the promotion of visible female role models, 
building personal capability and networks, ensuring 
equitable recruitment processes, and monitoring key 
gender diversity metrics. 

Page 13  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Sustainability at TPG Telecom continued 

Additionally, we are proud to have been confirmed as a 
Women in STEM Decadal Plan Champion, aligning our 
gender equality journey with the Women in STEM 
Decadal Plan. Developed by the Australian Academy of 
Science in collaboration with the Australian Academy of 
Technology and Engineering, it offers a vision on building 
the strongest STEM workforce possible. 

We remain resolute in our commitment to LGBTQI+ 
inclusion. Driving our commitment is our Connect: 
LGBTQI+ Network, made up of over 350 passionate TPG 
Telecom employees who work together to champion 
equality and create a safe community for LGBTQI+ 
employees, customers and their communities. 

In 2021, we launched Gender Affirmation leave which 
provides four weeks’ paid leave for employees who are 
on a journey to live and identify as a member of another 
gender, including non-binary, other than their gender 
assigned at birth. We are proud to be the first telco in 
Australia and the first employer in the Philippines to 
provide this benefit. 

We recognise the importance of supporting better 
futures for all Australians through partnering with 
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander individuals, 
communities, and organisations. This year we launched 
our Reflect Reconciliation Action Plan to act as a 
roadmap to support us in establishing a foundational 
level of understanding and respect for our nation’s 
histories and cultures across our company. 

We continue to engage our people and our leaders to 
build understanding of how they can demonstrate 
respect and inclusive leadership, be respectful and 
inclusive of our First Nations customers, and support 
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander owned businesses 
through ongoing meaningful partnerships. 

Environmental responsibility 

Respecting and protecting the environment as we 
grow our business 

As a major telecommunications services provider, our 
approach to environmental management focuses on our 
two most material environmental impacts – climate 
change and waste. 

We recognise the threat of global climate change and are 
working towards aligning our business with the aims of 
the Paris Agreement. This includes reducing our 
emissions to help mitigate climate change, using our 
technologies to help reduce emissions within our wider 
society, understanding and building resilience to climate 
impacts, and being transparent in our disclosure of 
climate impacts, risks and opportunities. 

In 2021 we formally committed to setting a science-
based greenhouse gas emissions reduction target in line 
with net zero, across our Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 
emissions footprint. We are in the process of mapping 
out our organisational emissions footprint, which will 
then enable us to develop shorter-term emissions 
reduction targets, as well as a 2050 net zero target that 
will be validated by the Science Based Targets initiative. 

We recognise that climate change is a key risk to our 
company and we have committed to adopting the 
Taskforce for Climate Related Financial Disclosure 
recommendations to develop and report on our climate 
risk strategy and management. 

Our felix mobile brand has continued to grow, powered 
by 100% renewable electricity and certified carbon 
neutral by Climate Active. It has been responsible for 
more than 188,000 trees planted since its launch and has 
been recognised by industry awards for its work, 
including receiving the ProductReview.com.au Mobile 
Phone Service Providers Award and the Sustainability 
award at the 2021 ACOMM awards. 

We also aim to be responsible product stewards by 
reducing the environmental impact of our products over 
their life. That’s why we are focused on working with our 
suppliers to reduce packaging waste, increasing resource 
recoverability and working with industry partners on 
solutions for management of e-waste. 

Throughout the year, we continued our collaboration with 
the MobileMuster program to reduce e-waste by 
collecting unwanted mobile phones and accessories in 
our retail stores for recycling. In 2022 we will work with 
MobileMuster to expand the scope of items eligible for 
collection to include devices such as modems, routers, 
smart home technology and wearables. 

Page 14  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Sustainability at TPG Telecom continued 

Digital economy 

Responsible business 

Helping to create a vibrant digital future which 
benefits everybody 

A set of fundamental, responsible business 
practices 

A productive and innovative digital economy is important 
to support continued improvements in quality of life and 
living standards for everyone. We recognise that we have 
a fundamental role to play in helping to create Australia’s 
digital economy. This includes building and maintaining 
the required networks, as well as investing in innovation 
so that business and consumers can get the most from 
next generation connectivity.  

We have put a strong focus on accelerating the uptake of 
narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT) and 5G-enabled 
technologies by building awareness of the benefits 
across existing industries and optimising use of IoT 
customer devices across our own business. 

Our NB-IoT network is designed to work with a wide 
range of IoT device manufacturers to help in creating 
efficiencies for end users like energy use, water use and 
operational productivity. We intend to further explore the 
potential of our networks in enabling natural resource 
efficiency, emissions reductions and a transition to a 
more sustainable society. 

Through the TPG Telecom Foundation (formerly 
Vodafone Foundation Australia), we support the use of 
technology to create opportunities to improve the health, 
wellbeing and education of Australian communities in 
need. In 2021, the Foundation partnered with the Garvan 
Institute of Medical Research and Infoxchange, through 
grants and in-kind support, on projects focused on 
improving the lives of Australian communities. 

In 2021, we also partnered with Catalyser, a social 
technology company, to launch a digital TPG Telecom 
Giving platform for employees to manage their 
volunteering, fundraising and micro donations. This is 
intended to increase opportunities for seamless 
employee engagement and better reporting, both 
internally and externally to our stakeholders. 

Underpinning our Sustainability Strategy is a set of 
fundamental, responsible business practices that guide 
how we interact with our entire value chain. Key aspects 
of these practices include: 

• 

• 

Ensuring a strong risk culture and internal 
governance framework; 
Enhancing our approach to managing modern 
slavery and human rights risk in our suppliers and 
our own operations; 

•  Considering the environmental impacts of our 
operations and those of our suppliers and 
customers;  
Supporting Australian small businesses by 
committing to making payments within 20 business 
days; and 

• 

•  Maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for our 

employees and others. 

Sustainability governance 

We recognise that, for our Sustainability Strategy to be 
successfully integrated throughout our business, a strong 
governance approach must be in place. 

Our highest level of responsibility for sustainability sits 
with the TPG Telecom Board, which has oversight of 
strategy, business performance and risk management, 
including in relation to sustainability. The TPG Telecom 
Audit and Risk Committee oversees disclosure by TPG 
Telecom relating to its economic, environmental, and 
social sustainability risks and how it manages those risks. 
The TPG Telecom Governance, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee oversees corporate governance. 

Further information, including a more detailed review of 
the progress against our Sustainability Strategy and 
commitments can be found in our 2021 Sustainability 
Report. 

Page 15  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review (OFR) 

1.  Introduction and business overview 

TPG Telecom and its controlled entities (the Group) is a provider of telecommunications services to consumers, 
business, enterprise, government and wholesale customers in Australia. The Group markets its services through 
multiple well-known brands including Vodafone, TPG, iiNet, AAPT, Internode, Lebara and felix. 

The Group owns significant network infrastructure throughout Australia (as well as a subsea cable connecting Australia 
to Guam with onward connectivity into the US and Asia) that facilitates the provision of fixed and mobile 
telecommunications services. TPG has more than 5,000 employees across Australia and the Philippines and is also 
supported by outsourced service centres in India and South Africa. 

The Group was established through the merger of Vodafone Hutchison Australia (VHA), which changed its name to 
TPG Telecom Limited as part of the merger, and TPG Corporation (which had previously been known as TPG Telecom 
Limited) in June 2020. 

This operating and financial review provides commentary as to the financial performance and position of the Company 
it should be read in conjunction with the CEO’s Report. 

2.  Composition of reported results for the year ended 31 December 2021 

The year ended 31 December 2021 reflects the first year reporting a full 12 months as a Group post the merger of the 
Company and TPG Corporation. 

As a result of the structure and timing of the merger, the comparative balances of the Group, namely the Consolidated 
Income and Cash Flow Statements for the year ended 31 December 2020, consists of 12 months of results of the 
company formerly known as VHA plus a contribution of six months and four days from TPG Corporation (between the 
accounting effective date and 31 December 2020). 

3.  Analysis of reported results for the year ended 31 December 2021 

Whilst acknowledging the limitations described above of comparing the reported results of 2021 and 2020 due to the 
timing and impacts of the merger, the following sections provide an overview of the reported results. 

Page 16  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

3.1 Consolidated Income Statement Overview 

A comparison of the Group’s 2021 and 2020 consolidated income statement is affected by the fact that 2021 
includes a full year contribution from TPG Corporation compared to a six month and four-day contribution from 
TPG Corporation in 2020. 

A condensed version of the income statement is set out below, supported by commentary that highlights some 
key points. 

NOTES 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

change 
$m 

Revenue 

Service revenue 

Handset and hardware revenue 

Total revenue 

Other income 

Cost of telecommunication services 

Cost of handsets and hardware sold 

Employee benefits expense 

Other operating expenses 

EBITDA 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Operating profit 

Net financing costs 

Profit/(Loss) before tax 

Income tax (expense)/benefit 

Profit after tax 

Attributable to: 

Owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interest 

Earnings per share (cents) 

4,389 

904 

5,293 

3,458 

888 

4,346 

931 

16 

947 

45 

15 

30 

(1,966) 

(1,370) 

(596) 

(891) 

(377) 

(373) 

(880) 

(328) 

(392) 

(11) 

(49) 

19 

1,731 

1,391 

340 

(1,423) 

(1,188) 

(235) 

308 

203 

105 

(149) 

(289) 

140 

159 

(86) 

245 

(49) 

820 

(869) 

110 

734 

(624) 

110 

-

6 

741 

(7) 

(631) 

7 

64 

(58) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Page 17  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

1. Earnings before net financing costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) 

The Group’s EBITDA for the year was $1,731 million, $340 million higher than 2020. Service revenue, cost of 
telecommunication services and employee benefits expense all increased substantially due to a full 12 months of 
operations as a merged company compared with 2020. 

Handset and hardware revenue and the associated cost of devices sold decreased slightly because of the ongoing 
impact on sales volumes of international travel restrictions imposed by the federal and state government following the 
COVID pandemic. Note that balances for handsets in 2020 were not significantly impacted from the merger as TPG 
Corporation did not sell mobile handsets. 

2. Depreciation and amortisation 

Depreciation and amortisation expense increased by $235 million in 2021. The increase was a result of 12 months of 
depreciation and amortisation as a merged group compared to 2020. In addition, the Group acquired additional 
property, plant and equipment of $980 million, right-of-use assets of $124 million and intangible assets of $267 
million, which contributed to the increase in depreciation and amortisation expense for the year. 

3. Net financing costs 

Net financing costs decreased by $140 million in 2021. The decrease was primarily due to: 

(a)  12 months of interest on a lower borrowings balance throughout 2021 compared with 2020. The $289 million of 

net financing expenses for 2020 included six months of interest incurred on the higher level of borrowings that 
existed pre-merger completion; and 

(b)  the Group entering a three-year $500 million bilateral revolving facility in March 2021 at a reduced margin. In June 

2021, the Group also signed an amendment and extension agreement, which reduced the margin of, and 
extended by one year, the Group’s $4,750 million loan facility. 

4. Income tax expense 

The movement in the Group’s income tax expense primarily related to a $820 million accounting credit to income tax 
expense recognised in the Group’s 2020 income statement. This movement arose because of the recognition of 
deferred tax assets in respect of carried forward tax losses not previously recognised in the Company’s accounts, and 
in respect of temporary timing differences between financial and tax accounting. 

Prior to the merger, the Company had not recognised any additional deferred tax assets beyond its deferred tax 
liabilities in its balance sheet because, as a loss-making entity with no certainty of generating taxable profits in future 
years, the Company did not meet the accounting criteria necessary for recognition of deferred tax assets. 

Following the merger, the Group has been generating, and is expected to continue generating taxable profits, and 
these deferred tax assets were therefore recognised at 31 December 2020, giving rise to the one-off accounting credit 
to income tax expense. 

The deferred tax asset will unwind as the Company continues to utilise these tax losses and temporary timing 
differences. Income tax expense for 2021 was $49 million. 

Page 18  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

3.2 Consolidated Balance Sheet Overview 

Set out below is a condensed version of the Group’s balance sheet as at 31 December 2021, summarised in a manner 
to highlight key movements. 

2020 
$m 

change 
$m 

2021 
$m 

202

476 

-

155 

833 

3,422

1,294

2,251

120 

431 

2 

130 

683 

3,258 

1,012 

2,325 

10,893

11,144 

262

231

264 

138 

18,353

18,141 

1,118

61

488

927 

92 

437 

1,667 

1,456 

4,290

1,359

152 

4,330 

1,051 

95 

5,801

5,476 

82 

45 

(2) 

25 

150 

164 

282 

(74) 

(251) 

(2) 

93 

212 

191 

(31) 

51 

211 

(40) 

308 

57 

325 

11,718

11,892 

(174) 

18,399

18,399 

(6,681)

(6,507) 

11,718

11,892 

-

(174) 

(174) 

NOTES 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

2 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Assets held for sale 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Spectrum licences 

Other intangible assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Other non-current assets 

Total non-current assets 

Trade and other payables 

Lease liabilities 

Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Contributed equity 

Reserves and accumulated losses 

Total equity 

Page 19  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

1. Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2021 was $3,422 million, an increase of $164 million compared to 
31 December 2020, arising from net additions of network and infrastructure equipment and assets under construction 
of $980 million, less transfers out of $173 million, retirements of $168 million and depreciation expense of $476 
million (net of retirements). 

2. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 

Right-of-use assets and liabilities increased by $282 million and $277 million respectively. This was primarily due to: 

(a)  additional leases entered into during the year of $124 million, less terminations of $15 million; and 

(b)  the  Group  successfully  renegotiating  its  network  site  access  arrangement  with  Axicom.  As  a  result  of  the 
renegotiation, these leases were remeasured increasing right of use assets by $315 million, offset by $141 million 
of depreciation expense. 

Lease liabilities increased due to new leases adopted and remeasurements during the year, offset by lease payments. 

3. Spectrum licences 

The net book value of spectrum licences held by the Group at 31 December 2021 was $2,251 million, a decrease of 
$74 million compared with 31 December 2020. During the year, the Group acquired 5G spectrum holdings in the 3.6 
GHz band from Dense Air Limited for $84 million and sold its 2.6 GHz spectrum band licenses to Dense Air Networks 
Australia Pty Limited for $15 million. The Group was also successful in securing holdings in the 26 GHz (millimetre 
wave) band auction held by the federal government for $110 million. The Group intends to pay for the spectrum in five 
equal annual instalments of $22 million, the first of which was made in June 2021. 

The decrease in spectrum licences was primarily due to amortisation expense of $254 million (net of write-offs) 
recognised during the year. 

4. Other intangible assets 

Excluding spectrum licences, other intangible assets decreased in the year by $251 million to $10,893 million, due to 
software licences, contract costs and indefeasible right of use assets acquired of $147 million, reduction in goodwill 
of $53 million following the finalisation of purchase price accounting associated with the 2020 merger, and 
amortisation expense of $345 million (net of write-offs). 

5. Trade and other payables 

Trade and other payables increased by $191 million to $1,118 million due to increased capital and inventory creditors 
at the end of the year. 

Page 20  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

3.3 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement Overview 

A comparison of the Group’s 2021 and 2020 cash flow statements is affected by the following: 

(a)  a full year contribution in 2021 from TPG Corporation compared to a six month and four-day contribution from 

TPG Corporation in 2020; and  

(b)  cash flows in 2020 related to the merger transaction. 

A condensed version of the cash flow statement is set out below together with some commentary below the table 
highlighting some key points. 

Operating cash flow 

Capital expenditure 

Spectrum payments 

Net cash acquired through the merger 

Disposal of subsidiary (net of cash disposed) 

Cash reclassified within assets held for sale 

Transaction costs re merger 

Loan repayment from Tech2 

Net cash flow before financing activities 

Net (repayment)/drawdown of borrowings 

Lease repayments 

Net finance costs paid 

Pre-acquisition dividends paid to TPG Corporation shareholders 

Dividends paid 

Net cash flow 

NOTES 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

2021 
$m 

1,627 

(831)

(91)

-

-

-

-

2 

707 

(40)

(139)

(158)

-

(288)

82 

2020 
$m 

1,188 

(612) 

(204) 

99 

(379) 

(7) 

(37) 

-

48 

186 

(130) 

(239) 

(479) 

-

(614) 

Change 
$m 

439 

(219) 

113 

(99) 

379 

7 

37 

2 

659 

(226) 

(9) 

81 

479 

(288) 

696 

Page 21  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

1. Operating cash flow 

Operating cash flow of $1,627 million was $439 million higher in 2021 than in 2020, reflecting the contribution of only 
six months and four days from the businesses of TPG Corporation in 2020. 

2. Capital expenditure (‘Capex’) 

Capex comprises payments for property, plant and equipment and for intangible assets (excluding spectrum 
payments). Capex for 2021 of $831 million was $219 million higher than for 2020.  The increased capex primarily 
represents investment in the Group’s mobile and fixed telecommunications network infrastructure and business 
support systems. 

3. Spectrum payments 

During the year, the Group made payments totalling $91 million for the acquisition of spectrum licences, comprising 
of: 

(a)  the $84 million payment for Dense Air Limited’s 3.6 GHz spectrum offset by $15 million receipt from Dense Air 

Networks Australia Pty Limited for the sale of 2.6 GHz spectrum; and  

(b)  the payment of the first instalment of $22 million for the 26 GHz (millimetre wave) band spectrum acquired at 

auction. 

4. Net cash acquired through merger 

This represents the cash held by TPG Corporation at the merger effective date of 26 June 2020. 

5. Disposal of subsidiary (net of cash disposed) 

During 2020, as part of the debt restructuring required to implement the agreed merger debt structure, the Company’s 
pre-merger shareholders assumed $4,475 million of the Company’s debt. This was achieved by transferring the 
Company’s financing subsidiary to the pre-merger shareholders, which included $4,844 million of debt and associated 
cross-currency swaps. A cash payment of $379 million was made to the pre-merger shareholders to achieve the 
required level of debt assumption and repay all associated borrowing costs. 

6. Net finance costs paid 

Net finance costs paid decreased in 2021 primarily as a result of the Group’s reduced debt post-merger, coupled with 
lower average interest rates in 2021 compared with 2020. 

7. Pre-acquisition dividends paid to TPG Corporation shareholders 

Between the merger accounting effective date of 26 June 2020 and the merger completion date of 13 July 2020, TPG 
Corporation paid a dividend of $479 million to its pre-merger shareholders to increase its debt to the level agreed to 
bring into the merged Group. 

8. Dividends paid 

During 2021, the Company paid a fully franked final FY20 dividend of $139 million (7.5 cents per fully paid share) on 
14 April 2021 and a fully franked interim FY21 dividend of $149 million (8.0 cents per fully paid share) on 13 October 
2021. 

Page 22  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review continued 

3.4 Segments 

TPG Telecom reports results in two operating segments: Consumer and Corporate. 

Consumer comprises the provision of fixed and mobile services to consumer customers under the Vodafone, TPG, 
iiNet, Internode, Lebara and Felix brands. 

Corporate comprises the provision of fixed and mobile services and other managed services to enterprise, wholesale, 
government, small business and small office/home office customers served under the TPG Telecom, Vodafone, TPG, 
iiNet, Internode and AAPT brands. 

The segments remained consistent for the year ended 31 December 2021. 

Results by operating segment are set out below: 

For the year ended 31 December 2021 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Other income 

Cost of provision of telecommunication services 

Cost of handsets and hardware sold 

Employee benefits expense 

Other operating expenses 

Results from segment activities 

CONSUMER  CORPORATE 
$m 

$m 

UNALLOCATED 
$m

TOTAL 
$m 

4,308 

-

(1,691) 

(802) 

(268) 

(336) 

1,211 

985 

18 

(272) 

(89) 

(109) 

(41) 

492 

-

27 

5,293 

45 

(3) 

(1,966) 

-

-

4 

28 

(891) 

(377) 

(373) 

1,731 

The 2021 financial results commentary and investor presentation available on the Company’s website at 
www.tpgtelecom.com.au/investor-relations set out the segment results for 2020 and 2019 on a pro forma basis (i.e. 
as if the merger had been effective since 1 January 2019) to assist users of the accounts to gain a better 
understanding of the underlying performance of the segments. 

3.5 Customer numbers 

Group mobile subscribers 

At 31 December 2021, the Group had 5.02 million mobile customers, down from 5.25 million at 31 December 2020. 
Postpaid and prepaid mobile customers decreased by 105,000 and 116,000 respectively. The rate of decline was 
materially slower than in 2020, but continued to be attributable to the effect of the COVID pandemic on the number of 
international visitors and temporary visa holders in Australia, which have historically been an important customer 
segment for the Vodafone brand. In addition, customer numbers have been impacted by aggressive competitor 
discounting via secondary brands and retail channels. 

Group broadband subscribers 

At 31 December 2021, the Group had 2.22 million fixed broadband subscribers, up from 2.17 million at 31 December 
2020. This reflected a 75,000 increase in fixed wireless subscribers, a 34,000 increase in NBN subscribers (net of 
migrations to fixed wireless) and 4,000 increase in subscribers on TPG’s proprietary on-net wholesale networks. 
These increases were partially offset by a 63,000 reduction in legacy ADSL customers. 

Page 23  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

The Directors of TPG Telecom Limited present their report, together with the Financial Report of the consolidated 
entity for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 (the financial year) in compliance with the provisions of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

Board of Directors 

Details of Directors of the Company who held office at any time during or since the end of the financial year are set 
out below: 

Current 

The following are the Directors who held office at 31 December 2021. 

Fok Kin Ning, 
Canning 
Chairman 

Fok Kin Ning, Canning has been a Director and Chairman of TPG Telecom since 2001 and March 
2021 respectively. He has been a Director of Hutchison Telecommunications (Australia) Limited 
since 1999. Mr Fok has been an Executive Director and Group Co-Managing Director of CK 
Hutchison Holdings Limited since 2015. He has been a Director of Cheung Kong (Holdings) Limited 
and Hutchison Whampoa Limited since 1985 and 1984 respectively, both of which became wholly-
owned subsidiaries of CK Hutchison Holdings Limited in 2015. He has been Chairman and a Non-
Executive Director of Hutchison Telecommunications Hong Kong Holdings Limited since 2009 and 
Hutchison Port Holdings Management Pte. Limited as the Trustee-Manager of Hutchison Port 
Holdings Trust since 2011, an Executive Director since 1985 and Chairman since 2005 of Power 
Assets Holdings Limited, and Chairman and an Executive Director of HK Electric Investments 
Manager Limited as the Trustee-Manager of HK Electric Investments and HK Electric Investments 
Limited since 2013. He has also been an Executive Director and Deputy Chairman of CK 
Infrastructure Holdings Limited since 1997, a Director of Cenovus Energy Inc. since January 2021 
and Deputy President of the Board of Commissioners of PT Indosat Tbk since January 2022. He 
was a Co-Chairman from 2000 to 2020 and was a Director from 2000 to March 2021 of Husky 
Energy Inc. (delisted on 5 January 2021 following its combination with Cenovus Energy Inc.). 

He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Diploma in Financial Management, and is a Fellow of 
Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand. 

Directorships of other listed companies in the past three years: 

Hutchison Telecommunications (Australia) Limited -1999 to current. 

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of the Board from 26 March 2021. 

Iñaki Berroeta 
Chief Executive 
Officer and 
Managing 
Director 

Iñaki Berroeta is the CEO and Managing Director of TPG Telecom and was CEO of Vodafone 
Hutchison Australia from 2014 to 2020.  A 25-year veteran of the telecommunications industry, Mr 
Berroeta previously served as CEO of both Vodafone Romania and Vodafone Malta, and held 
various operational roles at Vodafone Spain, Global Star USA, AirTouch International Inc. (USA) and 
Airtile Moviles (Spain). 

Mr Berroeta holds a Master of Science in Telecommunications from Bilbao Superior School of 
Telecommunications Engineering, Spain, and a Master of Business Administration from Henley 
Management College, UK. 

Mr Berroeta’s appointment to the Board commenced on 29 June 2020. 

Special Responsibilities: Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

Page 24  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Pierre Klotz 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Pierre Klotz is the Vodafone Group plc (‘Vodafone’) Group Corporate Finance Director. He joined 
Vodafone in July 2011 and is responsible for the Vodafone Group’s Mergers & Acquisitions and 
Treasury related activities. 

Diego Massidda 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Previously, Mr Klotz held a number of senior executive positions at UBS Investment Bank and at 
HSBC Investment Bank.  

Mr Klotz holds a Master of Science in Business Administration from Gothenburg School of 
Economics and Commercial Law. 

Mr Klotz’s appointment to the Board commenced on 12 May 2020. 

Special Responsibilities: Member of the Audit and Risk Committee until 1 September 2021. 

Diego Massidda is CEO of Vodafone Partner Markets and Carrier Services, and a Director of 
Vodafone Idea Limited and Vodafone Sales & Services Limited. 

Mr Massidda joined Vodafone in 2007 as Group Director of Broadband and Online, and 
subsequently he was Group Director of Video and Connected Home. From 2011 to 2016, he served 
as CEO of Vodafone Hungary. 

Prior to joining Vodafone, Mr Massidda was CEO of the ISP Tiscali in South Africa and France, and 
of Telecom Italia wireline operations in France. He also spent 6 years with McKinsey & Company 
earlier in his career. 

Mr Massidda holds a degree in Civil Engineering from the Università di Cagliari, Italy, and a Master’s 
in business administration from INSEAD, France. 

Mr Massidda’s appointment to the Board commenced on 12 May 2020. 

Special Responsibilities: Member of the Governance Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

Robert Millner 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Robert Millner served as a Non-Executive Director of TPG Corporation from 2000 until the merger 
with the Company in 2020, and was the Chairman of TPG Corporation from 2000 until 2008. 

Mr Millner brings to the Board broad corporate, investment, portfolio and asset management 
experience gained across diverse sectors including telecommunications, mining, manufacturing, 
health, finance, energy industrial and property investment in Australia and overseas. 

Mr Millner has over 30 years’ experience as a Company Director with an extensive understanding of 
governance and compliance, reporting, media and investor relations. 

Mr Millner holds directorships of the following listed companies: Apex Healthcare Berhad 
(Malaysia), Brickworks Limited, BKI Investment Company Limited, Milton Corporation Limited, New 
Hope Corporation Limited, Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited and Tuas Limited.  
He was also a former director of Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited. 

Mr Millner is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Mr Millner’s appointment to the Board commenced on 13 July 2020. 

Directorship of other listed companies in the past three years 

Brickworks Limited – 1997 to current, Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Co. Ltd – 1984 to current, 
New Hope Corporation Ltd – 1995 to current, BKI Investment Company Ltd – 2003 to current, 
Milton Corporation Limited – 1998 to current, Tuas Limited – 2020 to current, 

Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd – 2000 to July 2020. 

Page 25  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Antony Moffatt 

Non-Executive 
Director 

Dr Helen Nugent 
AC 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Antony Moffatt (Tony) is a lawyer with over 30 years’ experience, practising in corporate, 
commercial and telecommunications law. After five years as a senior lawyer in an international law 
firm in Singapore, Mr Moffatt became General Counsel and Company Secretary for a start-up 
telecommunications business which was acquired by SP Telemedia Limited in 2005. He was then 
appointed General Counsel for the company formerly named TPG Telecom Limited (ASX:TPM) in 
2008 until its merger with Vodafone Hutchison Australia Pty Ltd in 2020. In August 2020, Mr 
Moffatt became Company Secretary for the merged group. In addition, Mr Moffatt was Company 
Secretary for a large privately owned Australian winery from 2004 to 2008 and was from time to 
time a director on a variety of TPG Telecom Limited subsidiaries and Comms Alliance. Mr Moffatt 
was a member of the key management personnel of TPG Telecom Limited (ASX:TPM) and played a 
significant role in its development, including the many corporate and large commercial transactions 
undertaken by that company. He is the Company Secretary for Tuas Limited. 

Mr Moffatt holds a Bachelor of Arts and Laws from the University of New South Wales.  

Mr Moffatt’s appointment to the Board commenced on 26 March 2021. 

Dr Nugent is Chairman of Ausgrid and a Non-Executive Director of IAG. 

She has been a company director for over 20 years, and has over 40 years’ experience in the 
financial services sector. This includes having been Chairman of Veda Group, Funds SA, and Swiss 
Re (Australia); and a Non-Executive Director of Macquarie Group, Director of Strategy at Westpac 
Banking Corporation, and a Partner at McKinsey & Company. 

She has also been Chairman of National Disability Insurance Agency and Australian Rail Track 
Corporation and a Non-Executive Director of Origin Energy. 

Dr Nugent has given back to the community in education and the arts, having been Chancellor of 
Bond University; President of Cranbrook School; Chairman of the National Opera Review; Chairman 
of the Major Performing Arts Inquiry; Chairman of the National Portrait Gallery of Australia; and 
Deputy Chairman of Opera Australia. 

Dr Nugent is a Companion of the Order of Australia (AC) and is a recipient of a Centenary Medal, 
as well as an Honorary Doctorate in Business from the University of Queensland and an Honorary 
Doctorate from Bond University. 

Dr Nugent holds a Bachelor of Arts (Hons) and Doctorate of Philosophy from the University of 
Queensland; and a MBA (Distinction) from the Harvard Business School. 

Dr Nugent joined the board of TPG Telecom as a non-executive director in July 2020. 

Directorship of other listed companies in the past three years 

Insurance Australia Group (IAG) Limited – December 2016 to current 

Special Responsibilities: Senior Independent Director, Chairman of the Governance Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee and member of the Audit and Risk Committee 

Page 26  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Frank Sixt 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Frank John Sixt has been a Director of TPG Telecom Limited since 2001. He has been a Director 
and an Alternate Director to a Director of Hutchison Telecommunications (Australia) Limited since 
1998 and 2008 respectively. Mr Sixt has been an Executive Director, Group Finance Director and 
Deputy Managing Director of CK Hutchison Holdings Limited since 2015. Since 1991, Mr Sixt has 
been a Director of Cheung Kong (Holdings) Limited and Hutchison Whampoa Limited, both of 
which became wholly-owned subsidiaries of CK Hutchison Holdings Limited in 2015. He has been 
Chairman and a Non-Executive Director of TOM Group Limited since 1999 and an Executive 
Director of CK Infrastructure Holdings Limited since 1996. He has also been an Alternate Director 
to a Director of HK Electric Investments Manager Limited as the Trustee-Manager of HK Electric 
Investments and HK Electric Investments Limited since 2015 and a Director of Cenovus Energy Inc. 
since January 2021. He has also been a Member of the Board of Commissioners of PT Indosat Tbk 
since January 2022. Mr Sixt was a Director of Husky Energy Inc. (delisted on 5 January 2021 
following its combination with Cenovus Energy Inc.) from 2000 to March 2021. 

He has almost four decades of legal, global finance and risk management experience, and 
possesses deep expertise in overseeing financial reporting system, risk management and internal 
control systems as well as sustainability issues and related risks. 

Mr Sixt holds a Master’s degree in Arts and a Bachelor’s degree in Civil Law, and is a Member of 
the Bar and of the Law Society of the Provinces of Québec and Ontario, Canada. 

Directorship of other listed companies in the past three years 

Hutchison Telecommunications (Australia) Limited - 1998 to current 

Special Responsibilities: Member of the Governance Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
and member of the Audit and Risk Committee from 1 September 2021. 

Arlene Tansey 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Arlene Tansey is currently a Non-Executive Director of Aristocrat Leisure Limited, WiseTech Global 
Limited, Infrastructure NSW and Lend Lease Real Estate Investments Limited. She is also a Board 
Member of the Australian National Maritime Museum Foundation and Council. She is a former Non-
Executive Director of Adelaide Brighton Limited and Healius Limited. 

Ms Tansey is a Member of Chief Executive Women and the International Women’s Forum and a 
Fellow, Board member and the NSW Division Director of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors. 

She has a Juris Doctor (Law) from the University of Southern California and an MBA in finance and 
international business from New York University. 

Ms Tansey has worked in commercial and investment banking in Australia and the US. Her 
expertise covers a variety of disciplines including corporate advisory, M&A, commercial banking, 
capital management and business turnaround. 

Ms Tansey’s appointment to the Board commenced on 13 July 2020. 

Directorship of other listed companies in the past three years 

Aristocrat Leisure Limited – July 2016 to current, WiseTech Global Limited – June 2020 to current, 

Healius Limited – August 2012 to October 2020 and Adelaide Brighton Limited – April 2011 to 
October 2019. 

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and Member of the 
Governance Remuneration and Nomination Committee 

Jack Teoh 
Non-Executive 
Director 

Mr Teoh is a businessman involved in a range of private companies, with particular experience in 
finance and technology.  Mr Teoh has been a director of Tuas Limited (ASX: TUA) since July 2020, 
and Total Forms Pty Ltd, a private software business. 

Mr Teoh holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of New South Wales. 

Mr Teoh’s appointment to the Board commenced on 26 March 2021. 

Directorship of other listed companies in the past three years 

Tuas Limited - July 2020 to current 

Page 27  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Former Directors 

The following persons were Directors of the Company during the financial year until the dates specified below: 

NAME 

David Teoh 

Shane Teoh 

ROLE 

Chairman of the Board 

Non-Executive Director 

Company Secretary 

FINAL DATE 
AS DIRECTOR 

25 March 2021 

25 March 2021 

Mr Trent Czinner was appointed Company Secretary of the Company on 26 March 2021. Trent holds a Bachelor of 
Law and Administration from the University of Newcastle, was admitted as a Solicitor in New South Wales in 1995 and 
has a Master of Business Administration from the Australian Graduate School of Management. Trent is also a Certified 
member of the Governance Institute of Australia. 

Mr Antony Moffatt was Company Secretary of the Company during the financial year until 25 March 2021.  

Directors’ shareholdings 

The relevant interest of each director in the shares and options over such instruments issued by the companies within 
the Group and other related bodies corporate, as notified by the Directors to the Australian Stock Exchange in 
accordance with section 205G of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report. 

Directors’ meetings 

The number of Board and Committee meetings held during the financial year and the number of meetings attended by 
each of the Directors as a member of the Board or relevant Committee were as follows: 

BOARD MEETINGS 

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE MEETINGS 

GOVERNANCE REMUNERATION 
AND NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE MEETINGS 

DIRECTOR 

C Fok 

I Berroeta 

P Klotz 

D Massidda 

R Millner 

A Moffatt# 

H Nugent 

F Sixt 

A Tansey 

J Teoh# 

D Teoh* 

S Teoh* 

A 

10 

11 

11 

10 

11 

8 

11 

10 

11 

8 

3 

3 

B 

11 

11 

11 

11 

11 

8 

11 

11 

11 

8 

3 

3 

A 

– 

– 

3 

– 

– 

– 

4 

1 

4 

– 

– 

– 

NOTE: 
A: Number of meetings attended by the Director. 
B: Number of meetings held to which the Director was eligible to attend as a member. 
#Appointed to the Board effective 26 March 2021 
*Resigned from the Board effective 25 March 2021 

B 

– 

– 

3 

– 

– 

– 

4 

1 

4 

– 

– 

– 

A 

– 

– 

– 

6 

– 

– 

6 

6 

6 

– 

3 

– 

B 

– 

– 

– 

6 

– 

– 

6 

6 

6 

– 

3 

– 

Page 28  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Principal activities 

The principal activity of the Group is the provision of telecommunications services to consumers, business, enterprise, 
government and wholesale customers in Australia. There was no significant change in the nature of this activity during 
the financial year. 

Significant changes in the state of affairs 

In the opinion of the Directors, aside from matters disclosed in the Operating and Financial Review (‘OFR’) section of 
the Annual Report and the Financial Report, there have been no significant changes to the state of affairs of the 
Company during the financial year.  Impacts to TPG Telecom due to the COVID pandemic are outlined in the OFR 
section of the Annual Report, where applicable. 

Review of operations 

The OFR set out on page 16 to 23 provides details relating to the Company’s operations and results for the financial 
year. 

Dividends 

TPG Telecom aims to pay in each year a dividend of at least 50% of the Group’s net profit after tax, adding back one-
off restructuring costs and certain non-cash items (‘Adjusted NPAT’). 

On 20 August 2021, the Directors declared an interim fully franked dividend for the half year ended 30 June 2021 of 8 
cents per share. The interim dividend had a record date of 15 September 2021 and was paid on 13 October 2021. 

On 24 February 2022, the Directors declared a fully franked final 2021 dividend of 8.5 cents per share. The dividend 
has a record date of 16 March 2022 and will be paid on 13 April 2022. This represents 27% of the Group’s Adjusted 
NPAT for FY21. 

Further information regarding FY21 dividends is set out in Note 23 and Note 31 of the Annual Report. 

TPG Telecom does not operate a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. 

Likely developments 

The OFR provides details relating to the Company’s business strategies and prospects for future financial years. This 
information in the OFR is provided to assist with informed decision making of shareholders. 

Events subsequent to reporting date 

Other than the matters described elsewhere, the Directors are not aware of any matter or circumstance that has arisen 
after the reporting date that, in their opinion, has significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

(i) 

the operations of the Company and of the Group in future financial years, or 

(ii)  the results of those operations in future financial years, or 

(iii)  the state of affairs of the Company and of the Group in future financial years. 

Corporate Governance 

The Board of Directors and management of TPG Telecom recognise the importance of, and are committed to, 
achieving high corporate governance standards. Our key Corporate Governance materials including policies, code of 
conduct and Board and Board Committee Charters, can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our website 
within the Investor Relation section. In accordance with the 4th edition of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Principles and Recommendations, the Company’s Corporate Governance Statement, as approved by the Board, is 
published and available on the TPG Telecom website at https://www.tpgtelecom.com.au/investor-relations. 

Page 29  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Environmental and other sustainability risks 

TPG Telecom seeks to comply with all laws and regulations relevant to its operations. 

This includes obligations under the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007, which requires the Company 
to report its Australian greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and energy production on an annual basis to 
the Clean Energy Regulator. 

During the financial year, there have been no claims against TPG Telecom in respect of a breach of environmental 
regulation. 

For more information on environmental performance, including environmental regulation, see the TPG Telecom 2021 
Sustainability Report, which is available online at https://www.tpgtelecom.com.au/investor-relations. 

More information on TPG Telecom’s approach to Sustainability is provided in the Sustainability and Risk sections of 
the Annual Report.  

Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on 
behalf of the Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a party, for the purpose of taking 
responsibility on behalf of the Company for all or part of those proceedings. 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with leave of the Court under section 
237 of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Employees and Work Health and Safety (WHS) 

TPG Telecom manages varied levels of inherent risk within its work health and safety management systems. These 
risks are both direct and indirect in nature and are not limited to but include inappropriate behaviour to our retail 
employees, mobile and fixed network deployment, employee wellbeing and associated risks within the Company’s 
facilities, products and services. The Company adopts a risk-based approach to how it actively monitors and manages 
its obligations and is aware that any failure to manage these risks could cause harm to its people, partners or 
members of the public. Over the past two years the Company has faced new challenges in supporting its employees 
and customers through the COVID pandemic and the ongoing consolidation of the Company’s safety management 
systems with those of TPG Corporation. The Company will continue to evolve its approach to WHS in 2022 as it 
further embeds with a consistent approach to systems, monitoring and compliance. 

Indemnification and insurance of officers and directors 

Indemnification 

The Company has agreed to indemnify all directors of the Company, on a full indemnity basis and to the full extent 
permitted by law, against all losses or liabilities (including all reasonable legal costs, charges and expenses) incurred 
by the director as a director or officer of the Company or a related body corporate of the Company. 

Insurance policies 

The Group maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of persons defined in the policy which 
include current and former directors and officers, including senior executives of the Company and directors, senior 
executives and secretaries of its controlled entities to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. The terms 
of the insurance contract prohibit disclosure of the premiums payable and other terms of the policies. 

Page 30  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Auditor indemnity 

The Company has agreed to reimburse its auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers (‘PwC’), for any liability (including 
reasonable legal costs) incurred by PwC with connection with any claim by a third party arising from the Company’s 
breach of the audit agreement between the Company and PwC. The reimbursement obligation is subject to 
restrictions contained in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). No payment has been made to indemnify the auditors 
during or since the end of the financial year. 

Non-audit services 

During the financial year, PwC, the Company’s auditor, has been engaged to perform certain other non-audit services 
in addition to their statutory duties. Details of the amounts paid to PwC for audit and non-audit services provided 
during the year are set out in Note 30 of the financial statements. 

The Board of Directors, in accordance with advice provided by the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that the 
provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by 
the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor did not 
compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

• 

• 

all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact the 
impartiality and objectivity of the auditor, and 
none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants. 

Auditor’s independence declaration 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration, as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, is 
set out on page 71. 

Rounding of amounts 

The Company is of a kind referred to in the ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191 dated 24 March 2016 and, in accordance with that instrument, all financial information presented in the 
consolidated financial statements and Directors’ Report has been rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless 
otherwise indicate. 

Page 31  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report 

Executive Summary 

This is the second Remuneration Report of TPG Telecom Limited (“TPG Telecom”, “the Company”), following the 
merger between Vodafone Hutchison Australia (VHA) and TPG Corporation on 26 June 2020.  It is also the first report 
since the Company transitioned to a single remuneration approach in a publicly listed environment, notwithstanding 
that legacy VHA Long Term Incentive Schemes remain on foot. 

This Remuneration Report sets out how the remuneration approach, proposed in last year’s report, has been 
implemented in FY21 and will be applied in FY22 for both Executive KMP and Non-Executive Directors.  More 
specifically, the report demonstrates how the Company’s remuneration approach supports the short and longer-term 
alignment of the Company’s performance for the benefit of shareholders.   

The Past Year 

2021 was a challenging year for our stakeholders: not just for our shareholders, but also for our customers, the 
communities in which we operate, and our employees.  At a time of significant market volatility, our firm focus has 
been on responding to COVID-19’s evolving challenges, while integrating the two businesses, and creating a platform 
for future growth. 

While keeping our customers and employees safe has been a priority, we also delivered on the promised first phase of 
merger synergies, and built for the future by launching our 5G Fixed Wireless and accelerating our 5G roll-out. 

These are specific examples of our three higher level articulated strategic priorities, which have acted as a rallying call 
for enhancing the merged company’s customer and employee experience and improving returns for shareholders. 
Those priorities are to: 

• 

Integrate and simplify: by creating a lean company that integrates our brands, technology, infrastructure, 
processes and people; 

•  Win smart: by focusing on growth investments with a clear infrastructure, underutilization, or adjacency 

advantage; and 

•  Maximise our potential: by developing an efficient and scalable business model to create a vibrant and dynamic 

competitor in the telco sector.  

These priorities are underpinned by our strongly held values which have been developed with significant input from 
our employees: Stand together; own it; simple’s better; and boldly go.  

Merging and unifying two companies—both of whom have a proud and distinctive culture—will take time.  But 
significant progress is being made, as can be seen in staff survey results—called the Spirit of TPG—which is one of the 
metrics in our Balanced Scorecard for the Short Term Incentive (STI) Plan.  This is encouraging. 

At the same time, our strategic commitment to creating a simplified and integrated business, designed to deliver 
better outcomes for customers and shareholders resulted, in 2021, in significant changes in the Executive Team.  
While a real positive for the business longer-term, changes in the Executive team composition have created complexity 
for our remuneration reporting.  Only two executives, one of whom is the CEO—Mr Iñaki Berroeta—were Executive 
KMP for the entire year.  Four Executives ceased being KMP; while three others became KMP.  Two of those, namely 
the Group Executives for Consumer and for Enterprise and Government were external hires, while a long-standing 
senior executive served as Interim CFO until a new external CFO joined the Company on 1 February 2022.   

The remuneration approach outlined in the 2020 Remuneration Report was implemented in 2021, with minimal 
change. 

Page 32  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

Fixed remuneration continued to be defined by reference to the median of the external market for comparable roles, 
taking into consideration the size and complexity of the role, skills and experience of the employee, and internal 
market relativities.  In late 2020, the peer group for existing and newly appointed KMP was set as ASX 11-50 
companies.  Given market volatility, including in the Company’s share price, in 2021, further benchmark remuneration 
analysis undertaken against the ASX 21-60 peer group, confirmed the appropriateness of Executive KMP fixed 
remuneration.  No increases for fixed remuneration were recommended for existing KMP for 2021, although new 
Executive KMP were subsequently hired. 

From January 2021, a new Short Term Incentive (STI) approach, aligned to TPG Telecom’s strategic priorities, came 
into operation.  Subject to Group financial and risk gateways, and an individual behavioural gateway, Group and 
individual metrics for Executive KMP were aligned with the Group’s strategic priorities and budget.  Service Revenue, 
EBITDA, and Operating Free Cash Flow (FCF), constituted half of the overall scorecard, while customer and staff 
measures represented 20 percent, and individual performance measures made up the balancing 30 percent.  Based on 
that scorecard, and subject to Board discretion—which was not exercised—the CEO was eligible to earn up to 100 
percent of base salary at target, and 150 percent at maximum.  The equivalent for Other Executive KMP was 65 
percent at target and 100 percent at maximum, with the exception of the Interim CFO, with 50% of base salary at 
target and up to 60% of base salary at maximum. 

Overall, the Group balanced scorecard was assessed as being 65.86 percent of maximum or just below at target 
performance.  That result occurred in the following way: Operating FCF saw outperformance; EBITDA and the TPG and 
iiNet Net Promoter Score (NPS) came in between target and maximum; Service Revenue and the employee Spirit 
Index came in between threshold and target, while the Vodafone NPS came in below threshold with a target that 
required it to maintain and increase its leading position throughout each month of the year. 

When combined with an assessment of individual KPI’s, the Board recommended an STI award for the CEO of 
$1,834,361.  In 2021 this will be paid 60 percent in cash ($1,100,617) and 40 percent in Deferred Share Rights (DSRs) 
($733,745).  Shareholder approval for the DSRs will be sought at the 2022 Annual General Meeting.  If approved, 
shares will be purchased on market. 

STI outcomes for the Executive KMP reflect not just the Group and Individual performance, but also the length of time 
they were KMP and other factors such as their resignation or provisions relating to redundancy. 

A new Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan also came into operation in 2021.  Under this Scheme, the CEO is eligible for an 
allocation of performance share rights valued at 100% of base remuneration at target, and 150% at maximum, with the 
equivalent for Other Executive KMP being 65% at target and 100% at maximum, with the exception of the Interim CFO, 
with 30% of base salary at target and up to 36% of base salary at maximum. 

Performance is to be tested over three years against two equally weighted performance hurdles: Operating FCF, and 
relative total shareholder return (TSR) against a nominated peer group of ASX 100 companies (excluding energy, 
financial, materials and real estate companies).  The number of Performance Rights issued (reflecting the value 
allocated) is determined by the face value of the volume weighted average share price (VWAP) of a TPG Telecom 
ordinary share over the five days following the announcement of the annual results and before the grant date.  In 2021 
this was from 26 February 2021 to 4 March 2021. 

Page 33  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

Malus conditions apply and no arrangements can be entered into to limit the economic risk of the Performance Rights.  
Performance Rights will generally be forfeited if the Executive leaves, except in special circumstances including 
redundancy, retirement, death or total and permanent disability.   

At the May 2021 AGM, shareholder approval was obtained for a grant of 408,088 Performance Rights valued at 
$2,775,000 for the CEO, which are subject to the terms outlined above. 

In addition, the 2019 and 2020 VHA Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan continued to operate for former VHA executives 
employed at the start of 2020.  This legacy Scheme, which operates over three years, has two equally weighted 
tranches: one tranche, tested annually, depends on meeting Operating FCF targets; the other tranche is service based, 
requiring the Executive to still be employed by the Company at the payment date in February after the end of the third 
year.  Prior to the merger, the then VHA Remuneration Committee approved the performance outcomes for the 
remaining 50% of the 2019 LTI Plan, as well as for the first half of 2020.  The Remuneration Report provides full 
disclosure of remuneration outcomes under those Plans. 

Executive KMP need also to hold the value equivalent of one year’s base salary in shares or share equivalents, which 
can be accumulated over five years from the date of the merger or appointment, whichever is later. 

Going Forward 

2022 is a critical year in TPG Telecom’s evolution to more fully realise the benefits of the merger through integration 
and simplification, while maximising our assets and laying the foundations to deliver sustainable growth and improving 
returns for shareholders. 

To ensure momentum is built and consistency is maintained, few changes are contemplated in the Company’s 2022 
remuneration structure.  These envisaged changes are outlined below. 

•  While market volatility remains, including in TPG Telecom’s share price, remuneration will continue to be 

benchmarked against both the ASX 11-50 and the ASX 21-60 peer groups.  Specific analysis will be undertaken 
during the year. 

•  Base remuneration increases of 2 percent will be made to two members of the Executive KMP, reflecting changes 

in their roles, while having reference to the benchmarks outlined above. 

•  A limited number of STI enhancements will be made: 

–  The STI percent deferred into DSR’s will be increased to 45 percent in 2022, and 50 percent in 2023. 

–  The metrics in the balanced scorecard will be adjusted: 

–  Service revenue will be increased from 15% to 20% 

–  EBITDA will be increased from 20% to 25% 

–  The individual performance weighting will be reduced from 30% to 20%. 

• 

The Board is considering the introduction of an Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) measure linked to 
an emissions target for the STI and/or LTI plans in 2023.  An ESG measure was discussed for 2022 and it was 
considered premature until the scientific baseline is accepted upon which to set the emissions reduction target. 

•  No changes will be made in 2022 to the LTI plan. 

Page 34  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

Non-Executive Directors Governance and Remuneration  

Mr Canning Fok, who served as a Non-Executive Director for the full year, was appointed Chairman on 26 March 2021, 
following the resignation of Mr David Teoh.  Mr Antony Moffatt and Mr Jack Teoh commenced as Non-Executive 
Directors on the same day and were elected by shareholders at the May Annual General Meeting.  All other Non-
Executive Directors held office for the entire year, including Dr Helen Nugent AC and Ms Arlene Tansey, who are 
classified as Independent Non-Executive Directors.  Dr Nugent was also appointed as Senior Independent Director. 

The governance responsibilities of the Non-Executive Directors have been clearly defined and are exercised in a way 
that preserves their independence from management in relation to remuneration.  Management and Non-Executive 
Director conflicts of interest are rigorously enforced.  Non-Executive Directors do not receive fees that are contingent 
on performance; shares in return for their service; retirement benefits, other than statutory superannuation; or any 
termination benefits. 

The Chairman is eligible to receive an annual fee for his service of $450,000.  In 2021, the Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Committee (ARC) and the Governance, Remuneration and Nominations Committee (GRNC), both of whom are 
independent directors, respectively received fees of $50,000 and $40,000 a year for those roles; while Non-Executive 
Directors (other than the Board Chairman) are eligible to receive an annual base fee of $165,000.   

Following a review of Non-Executive Directors fees, the Board has determined that the Chairman and Member fees for 
the GRNC should be aligned with those of the ARC.  This means that in 2022, the Chairman of the GRNC will receive a 
fee of $50,000 and each Member will receive a fee of $25,000.  

Non-Executive Directors who personally receive board fees are required to hold the equivalent of one year of their 
base Non-Executive Director fee in shares, which can be accumulated over four years from the date of the merger or 
appointment, whichever is later.  At any point in time, the value of a Non-Executive Director’s minimum holding will be 
calculated as the higher of the purchase price or current market price.  Non-Executive Directors are required to advise 
the Company Secretary of the share price at the time of any purchase of shares. 

Page 35  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

Contents 

1. Overview........................................................................................................................................................................... 36 

2. Key Management Personnel ............................................................................................................................................ 37 

3. 2021 Remuneration Approach ....................................................................................................................................... 38 

4. Executive Remuneration Outcomes: 2021  .................................................................................................................... 49 

5. Remuneration Governance  ............................................................................................................................................. 61 

6. Non-Executive Director Remuneration ........................................................................................................................... 63 

Appendix 1 – Executive Service Agreements  ........................................................................................................ 64 

Appendix 2 – Executive Statutory Remuneration ................................................................................................... 65 

Appendix 3 – Non-Executive Director Statutory Remuneration  .............................................................................. 67 

Appendix 4 – Equity Movements ........................................................................................................................... 68 

Appendix 5 – Additional Statutory Information ...................................................................................................... 69 

Appendix 6 – Related Party Transactions .............................................................................................................. 70 

1. Overview 

This is the first full year of the operation of TPG Telecom Limited (‘TPG Telecom’, ‘the Company’) following the merger 
between Vodafone Hutchison Australia (VHA) and TPG Corporation on 26 June 2020. It is also the first full year of the 
operation of the new remuneration approach, which was foreshadowed in last year’s Remuneration Report. 

This Report shows that the new remuneration approach supports short and longer term alignment of the Company’s 
performance for the benefit of shareholders in a publicly listed environment in the following ways: 

• 

• 

The new remuneration approach, implemented for executives from 1 January 2021, seeks to align the interests of 
executives and the performance of the Company. (See Section 3) 
Executive remuneration outcomes for 2021 demonstrate that alignment, while LTI outcomes for grants made prior 
to the merger in 2020 reflect VHA’s legacy approach. (See Section 4) 

•  Non-Executive Directors have exercised effective oversight of executive remuneration. (See Section 5) 
•  Non-Executive Directors are remunerated in ways that support the retention of their independence and their 

commitment to performance for shareholders. (See Section 6) 

Each of these conclusions is outlined in the following sections of this report. 

Page 36  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

2. Key Management Personnel (KMP) 

KMP have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of TPG Telecom, directly or 
indirectly, the organisation’s operating activities, and its profit and loss.  This includes Non-Executive Directors. 
However, while Non-Executive Directors are classified as KMP, they are not Executives. 

The full list of Executive KMP is reported as follows: 

EXECUTIVE  
KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 
I 
Ana Bordeianu 

ROLE 

Chief Executive Officer 

Group Executive Customer Operations and Shared Services 

Kieren Cooney 

Group Executive Consumer 

Jonathan Rutherford  Group Executive Enterprise & Government 

Sean Crowley 

Interim Chief Financial Officer2 

Elizabeth Aris 

Group Executive Enterprise & Government 

Stephen Banfield 

Group Chief Financial Officer 

Craig Levy 

Daniel Lloyd 

Group Executive New Business Development 

Group Executive Wholesale 

TERM AS KMP1 

Full year 

Full year 

Commenced 8 March 2021 

Commenced 27 July 2021 

Commenced 1 November 2021 

Ceased 23 March 2021 

Ceased 29 October 2021 

Ceased 17 December 2021 

Ceased 17 December 2021 

1.  If an Executive did not serve as KMP for the full year, unless stated otherwise all remuneration information disclosed in this report is from the date 

the Executive commenced as KMP to the date they ceased as KMP. 

2.  Grant Dempsey has been appointed as Group Chief Financial Officer commencing 1 February 2022. 

The full list of Non-Executive Directors is reported as follows: 

NON-EXECUTIVE 
KMP 

ROLE 

Canning Fok 

Non-Executive Director and Chairman 

Pierre Klotz 

Non-Executive Director 

Diego Massidda 

Non-Executive Director 

Robert Millner 

Non-Executive Director 

TERM AS KMP 

Full year 
Chairman from 26 March 2021 

Full year 

Full year 

Full year 

Helen Nugent 

Independent Non-Executive Director & Senior Independent Director  Full year 

Frank Sixt 

Non-Executive Director 

Arlene Tansey 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Antony Moffatt 

Non-Executive Director 

Jack Teoh 

David Teoh 

Shane Teoh 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director and Chairman 

Non-Executive Director 

Full year 

Full year 

Commenced 26 March 2021 

Commenced 26 March 2021 

Ceased 25 March 2021 

Ceased 25 March 2021 

Page 37  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

3. 2021 Remuneration Approach 

The new remuneration approach, fully implemented from 1 January 2021, seeks to align the interests of executives 
and the performance of the Company for the benefit of shareholders. 

The new remuneration arrangements seek to align TPG Telecom’s purpose, strategic priorities, and remuneration 
principles. 

To build meaningful relationships and support vibrant, connected communities. 

OUR PURPOSE 

↓ 

OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES 

Integrate and Simplify 
Create a lean company integrating our 
brands, technology, infrastructure, 
processes and people as one. 

Win Smart 

Maximise Our Potential 

Focus growth investments where a 
clear infrastructure advantage, 
underutilisation opportunity or 
valuable adjacency exists. 

Develop an efficient and 
scalable business model, 
creating a vibrant and dynamic 
competitor in the telco industry. 

↓ 

OUR VALUES 

Stand together 

Own it 

Simple’s better 

Boldly go 

↓ 

OUR REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES 

Support our 
purpose 

Generate superior 
performance for 
the benefit of 
shareholders over 
both the short and 
longer term 

Deliver great 
value and 
service for 
customers 
today and 
tomorrow 

Invest in fast, 
reliable and 
innovative 
technology that 
creates value for 
customers and 
shareholders 

↓ 

Incentivise high 
performance 
while managing 
risk 

Promote an 
organisational 
culture aligned with 
organisation vision 
and strategy and 
community 
expectations 

The independence of the Board from management is maintained in the design and implementation of remuneration 
outcomes, while balancing the interests of executives and shareholders. 

REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 

Page 38  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

3.1 The Remuneration Structure 

The remuneration structure has three elements, namely Fixed Remuneration, Short Term Incentives and Long Term 
Incentives, along with a minimum shareholding requirement. 

Our remuneration structure overview 

REMUNERATION ELEMENT 

Fixed remuneration 

Benchmarked to the median of the relevant ASX peer group, which is reviewed annually. 

Short term incentive (STI) 

Annual performance assessment of Group financial, non-financial and individual performance. 
Delivered in cash and share rights (DSRs) deferred over one and two years. 

Long term incentive (LTI) 

Assessed over a three year period based on Group financial performance and a market 
performance hurdle. Granted as share Performance Rights and subject to hurdles. 

Further information on each remuneration component is described below. 

3.2 Fixed Remuneration 

Fixed remuneration is determined by reference to the median of the external market for comparable roles, taking into 
consideration the size and complexity of the role, skills and experience of the employee, and internal market 
relativities. The external market data consists of median benchmarks for similar roles in ASX peer organisations of 
comparable size. In late 2020, the peer group was set for existing and newly appointed KMP as the ASX 11-50 peer 
group. During the course of 2021, further analysis was undertaken of the relevant ASX peer group that resulted in 
fixed remuneration also being verified against the ASX 21-60 peer group.  Comparative analysis is undertaken 
annually. 

Fixed remuneration is comprised of base salary plus superannuation. 

3.3 Short Term Incentive 2021 

STI is awarded for annual Company and individual performance in line with the achievement of TPG Telecom’s 
strategic priorities. In this way, it aligns the interests of KMP with that of Company performance for the benefit of 
shareholders. 

The key STI elements for TPG Telecom in 2021 were as follows: 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

Gateway 

An STI allocation to Executives will only be paid after the following considerations are taken into 
account: 

Assessed at a group level: 

• 

Financial: minimum financial performance aligned with shareholder interests is achieved. 
The benchmark is set at the beginning of the performance year by the Board, following input 
from the GRNC, having discretion at the end of the year as to whether it is to be exercised. 

•  Risk: appropriate management of financial, operational and reputational risks in the 

generation of returns is assessed by the Board, following input from the GRNC, at the end of 
the financial year. 

Assessed at an individual level: 

•  Behaviours: demonstrated behaviours that are aligned with the organisation’s purpose and 

culture are assessed by the Board at the end of the financial year, with input from 
management, subject to the management of conflicts of interest. 

Page 39  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

STI opportunity 

The CEO is eligible to earn STI equivalent of up to 100% of base salary at target and up to 150% 
of base salary at maximum. 

Other Executive KMP are eligible to earn the STI equivalent of up to 65% of base salary at target 
and up to 100% of base salary at maximum, with the exception of the Interim CFO with 50% of 
base salary at target and up to 60% of base salary at maximum. 

The target STI opportunity has been set taking into account the aggregate STI and LTI 
remuneration against the total target remuneration levels for the median of the relevant ASX 
peer group. The maximum STI opportunity has been determined with reference to total target 
remuneration levels at the 75th percentile of the relevant ASX peer group. 

Funding 

The size of the STI pool is determined based on the specific outcomes of the STI scorecard 
measures, capped by the maximum available to an individual Executive KMP. 

Performance 
measures 

Performance STI outcomes are assessed against a balanced scorecard developed to support the 
Company’s strategic priorities. The table below outlines the type of performance measures that 
were used in 2021 and their weighting at target (not at maximum). 

PERFORMANCE MEASURE 

Total Service Revenue 

Operating Free Cash Flow (FCF) 

EBITDA (unadjusted) 

Customer experience 

Employee outcomes 

Individual performance achievement 

TOTAL 

SCORECARD WEIGHTING 

15% 

15% 

20% 

10% 

10% 

30% 

100% 

Additional information on the specific Company performance measures is provided in 
Section 4.2. 

Individual performance measures are role specific and set with reference to the organisation’s 
strategic priorities as they relate to an individual’s role. 

Page 40  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

Balanced 
Scorecard 
Operation 

The performance measures in the balanced scorecard are reviewed at year end against three 
levels of performance – threshold, target and maximum with a pro rata being applied in between 
each level. 

Threshold – the minimum level of performance which will result in the payment of any STI in 
relation to the performance measure. No STI payment will be made with respect to the 
performance measure if the threshold performance level is not achieved. 

Target – represents performance which meets the target for the performance measure based on 
the annual target set by the Board. 

Maximum – represents performance which exceeds the target and delivers superior outcomes.  

The application of the three levels of performance is shown below. 

-
0  i5; 
'?t. 
,a  E 
"'  ::I 
... ·x 
,a  E 
:i 
,a 
"' 
Cl.I ~ 
a:: 

100% 

Target 

67% 

Threshold 

33% 

150% 

100% 

50% 

,, 
11) 
.. ;:; 
Ill 
~ 
C: 
IJQ 
... 
11) 
~ 
-
'cfl. 
0 

QI 
Ill 
QI 

Threshold 

Target 

Maximum 

Level of  STI Performance 

How 
performance 
is evaluated 

The Board approves the details of the balanced scorecard at the start of the year. 

At year end, the GRNC makes a recommendation to the Board on whether the financial or risk 
gateways have been triggered. 

At year end, the balanced scorecard is reviewed by the GRNC and proposed to the Board, based 
on financial and other number calculations, having been reviewed by the auditors.  

The GRNC makes a recommendation to the Board on the CEO’s performance against the 
Group’s scorecard and individual goals agreed at the beginning of the financial year, after the 
behavioural gateway has been reviewed. 

The CEO makes a proposal to the GRNC for recommendation to the Board on the performance 
of each individual Other Executive KMP against the Group’s scorecard and their individual goals, 
after the behavioural gateway has been reviewed. 

Any STI outcomes for the balanced scorecard and for the CEO or Other Executive KMP are 
subject to overriding Board discretion and rigorous management of conflicts of interest. 

Page 41  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

Instruments 

STI is awarded in cash and Deferred Share Rights (DSRs). DSRs are rights over TPG Telecom 
ordinary shares. DSRs are granted at no cost to the Executive KMP and no dividend is payable 
on any unexercised DSRs. Shares are typically purchased on market. 

A transition to a desired 50% equity deferral will occur over the next two years given that 
historically neither legacy VHA nor TPG Corporation used deferred STI arrangements. The 
transition is being staged to balance the retention of Executive KMP over the crucial post-merger 
period with shareholder expectations over the near term for the proportion to be retained. 

The table below outlines the percentage of cash and deferred equity to be allocated for STI 
awards for the next two years. This applies to all Executive KMP. 

YEAR 

2021 

2022 

2023 onwards 

CASH COMPONENT 

DSR COMPONENT 

60% 

55% 

50% 

40% 

45% 

50% 

Performance 
period 

STI is assessed over a one year period, aligned to the calendar year (and TPG Telecom’s 
financial year). 

Vesting period 

The cash component of the STI is to be paid in February following the end of the financial year. 

DSRs vest equally in two tranches. The first tranche will vest in March one year after the end of 
the financial year and the second tranche will vest in March two years after the end of the 
financial year.  Vesting of each tranche is subject to continued employment, subject to the 
cessation of employment provisions outlined below. 

Number of 
DSRs issued 

The number of DSRs issued is calculated based on the face value of the volume weighted 
average share price (VWAP) of TPG Telecom's ordinary shares over the five days following the 
announcement of annual results. 

For DSR’s awarded as part of STI for the FY 2020, the calculated five day VWAP for the period 
26 February 2021 to 4 March 2021 inclusive was $6.80. This value was used for the DSRs issued 
to the CEO in May 2021 following shareholder approval of his STI for 2020 performance.  
DSR’s reflecting 2021 STI outcomes will be calculated from 25 February 2022 to 3 March 2022 
inclusive. 

Exercise 

Exercise of DSRs is automatic on vesting and there is no exercise price. 

Hedging of DSRs  Executives cannot enter into any arrangements that limit the economic risk of unvested DSRs. 

Malus 
conditions 

In cases where an Executive KMP acts fraudulently or dishonestly or is in breach of his or her 
obligations to TPG Telecom, any eligibility for STI or unvested rights will lapse. 

Page 42  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

Cessation of 
employment 

STI will be forfeited if an Executive KMP resigns before the payment date subject to special 
circumstances outlined below.  

Unvested DSRs will also be forfeited if the Executive KMP resigns before the vesting date, 
subject to the special circumstances outlined below. 

In special circumstances (including redundancy, retirement, death or total and permanent 
disability or as otherwise agreed), the below treatment may apply: 

•  Cash STI may be awarded pro rata on termination. Where business performance is yet to be 
determined for the period, outcomes will reflect at Target performance. Where business 
performance has been determined, this will be applied to final outcomes together with an 
assessment of individual performance. 

•  DSRs that have been allocated may be retained on cessation of employment, subject to the 
existing terms and conditions of the award. This process will only apply if the Executive KMP 
is employed at the date of DSRs being allocated by the Board. 

Change of 
control 

DSRs will be subject to the existing terms and conditions of the award and the exercise of Board 
discretion.  

3.4 Long Term Incentive 2021 

LTI supports longer-term alignment between each Executive KMP and the return experienced by TPG Telecom 
shareholders both directly and indirectly through the Company’s performance. LTI considers both Company 
performance and share plan performance relative to the external market. These elements have applied since the 
beginning of 2021.   

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

LTI opportunity 

The target LTI opportunity has been determined by reference to the median of the ASX peer 
group for comparable roles, taking into account the level of fixed, STI and LTI remuneration. The 
maximum LTI opportunity has been determined with reference to total target remuneration levels 
at the 75th percentile of the peer group. 

The CEO is eligible to earn the LTI equivalent of up to 100% of base salary at target and up to 
150% of base salary at maximum.  The Board makes a recommendation to shareholders on the 
CEO’s LTI allocation for approval at the Annual General Meeting. 

Other Executive KMP are eligible to earn the LTI equivalent of up to 65% of base salary at target 
and up to 100% of base salary at maximum.  The GRNC makes a recommendation to the Board 
on the LTI allocation for Other Executive KMP, with the exception of the Interim CFO with 30% of 
base salary at target and up to 36% of base salary at maximum. 

Page 43  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

Performance 
measures and 
vesting period 

Performance under the LTI will be tested against two equally weighted measures linked to: 

•  Operating FCF measured as Operating cash flow less capex, finance lease repayments and 
finance lease interest (within financing costs). No adjustment is made for spectrum, loan 
repayments and dividends; and 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to a peer group of ASX 100 listed organisations 
(which excludes the Energy, Financial, Materials, and Real Estate sectors). 

• 

Performance under the LTI will be tested over a three year period, as outlined in the table below. 

How is 
performance 
evaluated 

PERFORMANCE MEASURE 

Relative TSR 

Operating FCF 

WEIGHTING 

50% 

50% 

If the performance hurdles are met, vesting may only occur at the end of the three year 
performance period. 

Vesting schedules for the LTI performance measures are included in the table below. 

Relative TSR vesting schedule 

RELATIVE TSR PERFORMANCE 
Following the 3 year Performance Period % 
ranking with peer group 

Equal to or less than the 50th percentile 

Between the 50.1 percentile and 75th percentile 

VESTING 
% of granted Performance Rights 
that vest 

0% 

Straight-line pro rata vesting between 
50.1% and 100% 

Equal to the 75th percentile or above 

100% 

Operating FCF vesting schedule 

OPERATING FCF PERFORMANCE 
Performance period % 
of 3 year cumulative target 

Less than 80% of the cumulative Operating FCF 
target is achieved 

80% of the cumulative Operating FCF target is 
achieved 

VESTING 
% of granted Performance Rights 
that vest 

0% 

50% 

Between 80% and 110% of the cumulative Operating 
FCF target is achieved 

Straight-line pro rata vesting between 
50% and 100% 

110% or more of the cumulative Operating FCF 
target is achieved 

100% 

Instrument 

LTI is granted in Performance Rights that entitle participants to a fully paid ordinary share in TPG 
Telecom, subject to meeting the performance hurdles. Performance Rights are granted at no 
cost to the participant. No dividend is payable on unexercised rights. Shares are typically 
purchased on market. 

Page 44  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

ELEMENT 

DESCRIPTION 

Number of 
rights issued 

The number of Performance Rights issued is calculated based on the face value of the VWAP of 
TPG Telecom's ordinary shares over the five days following the announcement of the Company’s 
annual results which, for the 2022 allocation will be from 25 February 2022.  This value will also 
be used for the LTIs granted to the CEO in May 2022, which will be subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting. 

Exercise 

Exercise of Performance Rights is automatic on vesting and there is no exercise price. 

Hedging 

Executives cannot enter into any arrangements to limit the economic risk of unvested 
Performance Rights. 

Malus 
conditions 

In cases where an Executive KMP acts fraudulently or dishonestly or is in breach of his or her 
obligations to TPG Telecom, any unvested rights will lapse. 

Cessation of 
employment 

Performance Rights will generally be forfeited if an Executive KMP resigns before the vesting 
date. In special circumstances (including redundancy, retirement, death or total and permanent 
disability or as otherwise agreed), any unvested rights may be retained on cessation of 
employment, subject to the existing terms and conditions of the award (including performance 
hurdles) and Board discretion. 

Change of 
control 

Performance Rights will be subject to the existing terms and conditions of the award and Board 
discretion. 

There are also LTI Plans on foot that were outstanding at the time of the merger that related to VHA.  These are 
described in section 4.5. 

3.5 Minimum Shareholding Requirements 

To further align the interests of the Executive with shareholders, a minimum shareholding requirement has been 
approved by the Board for all Executive KMP. 

Under the minimum shareholding requirement, Executive KMP are required to acquire and maintain, directly or 
indirectly, a holding with a value equivalent of one year’s base salary. Each Executive KMP may accumulate this value 
over five years from the date of the merger or appointment, whichever is later. The shareholding requirements will be 
periodically reviewed. At any point in time, the value of an Executive KMP’s Minimum Holding will be calculated as the 
higher of the purchase price or current market price. The minimum shareholding is calculated as the total value of 
shares held by the Executive KMP and unvested Performance Rights. For the purpose of the calculation, the value of 
unvested Performance Rights is discounted by 50%. The GRNC annually reviews the extent to which Executive KMP 
are complying with or making progress towards complying with this requirement. 

In addition, the Board has adopted a share trading policy to ensure Executives comply with, and are perceived as 
complying with, insider trading laws, and their dealing in TPG Telecom shares. The policy requires Executives to only 
trade within defined windows, document all shareholdings, as well as to provide the Company with written 
acknowledgement of any trades. A breach of policy will be regarded seriously by the Board and may constitute a 
breach of the law, and as such may lead to action being taken against the Executive, up to and including termination. 

Progress towards reaching the minimum shareholding requirement for Executive KMP is monitored and reviewed on 
an annual basis.  Compliance with minimum shareholding requirements is subject at all times to conformance with the 
share trading policy and insider trading provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Page 45  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

3.6 Total Target and Maximum Remuneration 2021 

Total Target remuneration for the CEO and Other Executive KMP has been set by reference to the median of 
benchmark data for comparable roles in ASX peer organisations. In late 2020, the peer group was set for existing and 
newly appointed KMP as the ASX 11-50 peer group. During the course of 2021, further analysis was undertaken as to 
the relevant ASX peer group that resulted in target remuneration also being verified against the ASX 21-60 peer 
group. No change was required as a result of this analysis.  The maximum was set at the 75th percentile of total target 
remuneration for comparable roles in the ASX peer organisations. 

The table below details 2021 Total Target remuneration by reward element for those Executive KMP who held that role 
for all or part of 2021.  This table assumes the Executive was in the role for the entire year.  This was only the case for 
Mr Berroeta and Ms Bordeianu. 

Total Target Remuneration for Executive KMP 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

BASE  STI TARGET 
SALARY1  % OF BASE 
SALARY 

$ 

STI 
TARGET 

LTI TARGET 
% STI  % OF BASE 
SALARY 

LTI 
TARGET 
$ 

TOTAL TARGET 
REMUNERATION3 
$ 

$  DEFERRED  

Iñaki Berroeta 

1,850,000 

100% 

1,850,000 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney 

Sean Crowley 

Craig Levy 

Daniel Lloyd 

700,000 

900,000 

580,000 

700,000 

600,000 

Jonathan Rutherford 

700,000 

Elizabeth Aris 

Stephen Banfield 

700,000 

750,000 

65% 

65% 

50%2 

65% 

65% 

65% 

65% 

65% 

455,000 

585,000 

290,000 

455,000 

390,000 

455,000 

455,000 

487,500 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

100% 

1,850,000 

65% 

65% 

455,000 

585,000 

30%2 

174,000 

65% 

65% 

65% 

65% 

65% 

455,000 

390,000 

455,000 

455,000 

487,500 

5,550,000 

1,610,000 

2,070,000 

1,044,000 

1,610,000 

1,380,000 

1,610,000 

1,610,000 

1,725,000 

1.  Statutory superannuation is not included in the calculation of incentives. 
2.  Represents the target STI and LTI percentages for an Executive General Manager role.  While operating as Interim CFO, S Crowley remains an 

Executive General Manager. 

3.  Excluding statutory superannuation. 

Page 46  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

The table below details 2021 Total Maximum remuneration by reward element for those Executive KMP who held that 
role for all or part of 2021.  This table assumes the Executive was in the role for the entire year.  This was only the 
case for Mr Berroeta and Ms Bordeianu. 

Total Maximum Remuneration for Executive KMP 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

STI 
MAXIMUM  

BASE 

% STI 
SALARY1  % OF BASE  MAXIMUM  DEFERRED 
IN 2021 

SALARY 

STI 

$ 

$ 

LTI 
MAXIMUM  

LTI 
% OF BASE  MAXIMUM 
$ 

SALARY 

Iñaki Berroeta 

1,850,000 

150% 

2,775,000 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney 

Sean Crowley 

Craig Levy 

Daniel Lloyd 

700,000 

900,000 

580,000 

700,000 

600,000 

Jonathan Rutherford 

700,000 

Elizabeth Aris 

Stephen Banfield 

700,000 

750,000 

100% 

100% 

60%2 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

700,000 

900,000 

348,000 

700,000 

600,000 

700,000 

700,000 

750,000 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

150% 

2,775,000 

100% 

700,000 

100% 

900,000 

36%2 

208,800 

100% 

700,000 

100% 

600,000 

100% 

700,000 

100% 

700,000 

100% 

750,000 

TOTAL MAXIMUM 
REMUNERATION3 
$ 

7,400,000 

2,100,000 

2,700,000 

1,136,800 

2,100,000 

1,800,000 

2,100,000 

2,100,000 

2,250,000 

1.  Statutory superannuation is not included in the calculation of incentives. 
2.  Represents the maximum STI and LTI percentages for an Executive General Manager role.  While operating as Interim CFO, S Crowley remains an 

Executive General Manager. 

3.  Excluding statutory superannuation. 

3.7 Remuneration Mix at Target for 2021 

The target remuneration mix has been structured to align remuneration for the CEO and Other Executive KMP with the 
short and long-term business objectives of TPG Telecom. For the CEO and Other Executive KMP, the graphs below 
outline the target remuneration mix between total fixed remuneration, short term incentive cash and equity 
components and long term incentive. Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) includes base salary and statutory 
superannuation. 

Page 47  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

Remuneration Mix at Target 

CEO 

Other Executive KMP 

33% 
Equity 

34% 
Cash 

13% 
Equity 

20% 
Cash 

44% 
Cash 

28% 
Equity 

11% 
Equity 

17% 
Cash 

■ 

TFR 

■ 

STI Cash 

■ 

STI Equity 

■ 

LTI 

■ 

TFR 

■ 

STI Cash 

■ 

STI Equity 

■ 

LTI 

The chart below outlines the vesting timeframes for the TPG Telecom remuneration approach over which each 
remuneration element operates as at the end of 2021.  This does not include legacy VHA LTI arrangements. 

Vesting Timeframe  

JAN 2021 

JAN 2022 

JAN 2023 

JAN 2024 

Fixed 
Remuneration 

Performance period  
(1 year) 

Salary paid during the year 

Short Term 
Incentive 

Long Term 
Incentive 

Performance period  
(1 year) 

60% paid in cash 

40% deferred into share 
rights (DSRs) 

Performance period (3 years) 

50% vests after 1 year 

50% vest after 2 years 

Performance Rights vest subject to performance hurdles being met 

Financial Year 1 

Financial Year 2 

Financial Year 3 

Financial Year 4 

Page 48  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

4. Executive Remuneration Outcomes: 2021 

Executive remuneration outcomes for 2021 demonstrate alignment with Company performance for the benefit of 
shareholders, while LTI outcomes for grants made prior to the merger in 2020 reflect VHA’s legacy approach. 

4.1 Fixed Remuneration 

Fixed remuneration outcomes for 2021 reflect the principles outlined in 3.2 above, along with the period for which an 
executive served as Executive KMP. 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

ROLE 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Chief Executive Officer 

Ana Bordeianu 

Group Executive Customer Operations and 
Shared Services 

TERM AS KMP 

Full year 

Full year 

Kieren Cooney 

Group Executive Consumer 

Commenced 8 March 2021 

Sean Crowley 

Interim Chief Financial Officer 

Commenced 1 November 2021 

Craig Levy 

Group Executive New Business Development 

Ceased 17 December 2021 

Daniel Lloyd 

Group Executive Wholesale 

Ceased 17 December 2021 

Jonathan Rutherford 

Group Executive Enterprise & Government 

Commenced 27 July 2021 

Elizabeth Aris 

Group Executive Enterprise & Government 

Ceased 23 March 2021 

Stephen Banfield 

Group Chief Financial Officer 

Ceased 29 October 2021 

ACTUAL FIXED 
REMUNERATION 
(INCLUDING 
SUPERANNUATION)1,2 
$ 

1,872,631 

723,1313 

759,891 

100,871 

694,886 

598,721 

314,739 

162,134 

639,119 

1.  For the relevant term as Executive KMP as per the dates detailed in the above table. 
2.  For executive KMP employed for part of the year, superannuation amounts have been pro-rated based on number of days employed.  The pro-rata 
calculation is based on statutory superannuation cap amounts for the periods of 1 January 2021 to 30 June 2021 and from 1 July 2021 to 31 
December.  For executive KMP employed for the full year, the annual statutory cap of $22,631 has been disclosed. 

3.  Includes an additional $500 superannuation payment related to TPG Telecom’s Super Bump program where all female employees with over 12 

months tenure are provided an additional $500 superannuation annually.  

Consideration was given to external market comparisons for similar roles in peer ASX organisations and also internal 
relativities within the Executive team.  As previously approved by the Board, the remuneration approach is Total Target 
remuneration for Executive KMP to be set at or below the median of the ASX 11-50 peer group. 

Because of changes in the organisations within the ASX 11-50 peer group benchmark due to market volatility and 
movements in TPG’s share price, the Company’s market position had moved to 40 on the ASX as at October 2021. As 
a result, analysis was undertaken of remuneration against the ASX 21-60 peer group. 

For 2022, based on the above market benchmark analysis as well as increased size and scope of their roles, the 
Board, on the recommendation of the GRNC, determined to award a 2% base salary increase for Ana Bordeianu and 
Jonathan Rutherford.  No increase was proposed for the CEO or any Other Executive KMP. 

The effective date for the fixed remuneration recommendations will be 1 March 2022, which is consistent with the rest 
of the organisation. The effective date for the purpose of calculating STI and LTI is 1 January 2022. 

The Board will conduct a further review of Executive KMP remuneration during 2022, consistent with its ongoing 
practice. 

Page 49  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

4.2 STI Outcomes 2021 

Business performance metrics reflect key drivers of shareholder returns and were set to support the Company’s 
strategic priorities based on the annual budget and other strategic priorities as approved by the Board. 

Prior to assessing performance on the STI measures and determining final STI award outcomes, the TPG Telecom 
Board assessed that neither the Group financial or risk gateways had been triggered.  This followed input from and a 
rigorous review by the GRNC.  

The Board, following input from the GRNC, reviewed and assessed that the CEO had met the behavioural gateway to 
the STI Plan.  The GRNC, following input from the CEO, reviewed and assessed that each Executive KMP had met the 
behavioural gateway to the STI Plan.  

MEASURE AND 
WEIGHTING AT TARGET  DESCRIPTION 

THRESHOLD 

TARGET 

MAXIMUM1 

Total Service Revenue 
(15%) 

Operating FCF 
(15%) 

Measures recurring revenue 
generated from the provision of 
telecommunication services 
excluding hardware revenue 

Measures Operating cash 
flow less capex, finance lease 
repayments and finance lease 
interest (within financing 
costs).  No adjustment has been 
made for spectrum, loan 
repayments and dividends. 

$4,139m 

$4,589m2 

$5,059m 

$388m 

$485m 

$582m 

EBITDA (unadjusted) 
(20%) 

Measures the profit TPG Telecom 
makes after operating costs. 

$1,546m 

$1,718m 

$1,890m 

Customer NPS Vodafone 
Brand Mobile 
(5%) 

Measures the number of months 
of the year that the target ranking 
has been achieved. 

Lead position for 
66.7% of the year 

Lead position for 
75% of the year 

Customer NPS TPG & 
iiNet Brands Fixed 
(5%) 

The customer measures are 
tested independently of each 
other. 

Lead position of 

Lead position of 

1 & 2 for 66.7% 

1 & 2 for 75% 

of the year 

of the year 

Lead position for 100% 
of year and increase 
gap to competitors 

Lead position of 1 & 2 
for 100% of year and 
increase average gap 
to competitors 

Employee Experience - 
Values Alignment Index 
(10%) 

Index score based on 16 values 
based statements contained 
within the TPG culture survey 

Individual 
(30%) 

Measures aligned to Strategic 
Pillars 

+3 from baseline 
(of 72) 

+5 from baseline 
(of 72) 

+ 7 from baseline 

(of 72) 

1.  STI capped at 150% of target payout for maximum performance achievement. 
2.  The Total Service Revenue target excludes Tech2.  The threshold, target and maximum for Service Revenue was adjusted to reflect the divestment of 

Tech2 in December 2020, which was in the original measurement. 

Page 50  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

The result achieved for each business performance metric was assessed and expressed as a percentage of the 
performance outcome against Target. 

COMMENTARY 

OUTCOME  AGAINST TARGET 

PERFORMANCE 
OUTCOME 

MEASURE AND WEIGHTING  
AT TARGET 
(TOTAL WEIGHTING 70%) 

Total Service Revenue 
(15%) 

Operating FCF 
(15%) 

EBITDA (unadjusted) 
(20%) 

Customer NPS Vodafone 
Brand Mobile 
(5%) 

Customer NPS TPG & iiNet 
Brands Fixed 
(5%) 

Employee Experience  
- Values Alignment Index 
(10%) 

Total Service Revenue was less than
target as a result of greater than 
anticipated ongoing impact of COVID. 

Strong cash flow performance was 
achieved through working capital 
optimisation. 

The EBITDA result was driven by 
effective cost discipline which offset 
lower performance in Total Service 
Revenue.  

Result was below threshold driven by a
decline in the perception of value 
advantage offered by Vodafone relative 
to competitors. 

The TPG NPS results were steady in 
2021. iiNet sustained positive growth 
throughout the year, ending 2021 in 1st 
position against competitors. 

An improvement was recorded in the 
scores for all 16 questions in the Index.  
The most significant improvement 
opportunity is in the area of 
simplification. 

$4,389m 

95.64%1 

$596m 

122.89%

PERFORMANCE 
OUTCOME 
ACHIEVEMENT 

Between Threshold 
and Target 

Greater than 
Maximum

$1,731m 

100.76% 

Between Target and 
Maximum 

6 out of 12
months

50.00% 

Below Threshold 

11 out of 12 
months 

91.67%

Between Target and 
Maximum

76 

98.70% 

Between Threshold 
and Target 

1.  The threshold, target and maximum for Service Revenue was adjusted to reflect the divestment of Tech2 in December 2020, which was in the 

original measurement.  

Page 51  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

The performance outcome achievement for each of the 2021 Business Performance measures, is converted to a STI 
Payment % based on the scale in the following table. 

PERFORMANCE OUTCOME ACHIEVEMENT 

STI PAYMENT % VS TARGET 

Below Threshold 

Threshold 

Between Threshold and Target 

Target 

Between Target and Maximum 

Greater than Maximum 

0% 

50% 

Pro-rated 50% - 100% 

100% 

Pro-rated 100%-150% 

150% 

The STI Payment percent of each 2021 Business Performance measure and the weighted STI Payment percent is 
detailed in the following table. 

WEIGHTED STI  WEIGHTED STI 
PAYMENT % AT  PAYMENT % AT  PERFORMANC 
TARGET (70% 
MAXIMUM 
TOTAL) 

STI PAYMENT 
E OUTCOME 
(105% TOTAL)  ACHIEVEMENT  % VS TARGET 

WEIGHTED 
ACTUAL STI 
PAYMENT % 

ACTUAL
PAYMENT AS % 
OF MAXIMUM 

15.00% 

22.50% 

Operating FCF 

15.00% 

22.50% 

20.00% 

30.00% 

Between
Threshold and 
Target 

Greater than 
Maximum 

Between Target
and Maximum 

78.21% 

11.73% 

52.1% 

150.00% 

22.50% 

100% 

103.78% 

20.76% 

69.2%

5.00% 

7.50% 

Below Threshold 

0.00% 

0.00% 

0% 

5.00% 

7.50% 

10.00% 

15.00% 

Between Target
and Maximum 

Between
Threshold and 
Target

133.33% 

6.67% 

88.9%

75% 

7.5% 

50% 

Total Weighted STI Payment % 

69.15% 
out of 70% 
at Target 

65.86% 

1.  The threshold, target and maximum for Service Revenue was adjusted to reflect the divestment of Tech2 in December 2020, which was in the 

original measurement.  

Page 52  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

MEASURES 

Total Service 
Revenue1 

EBITDA 
(unadjusted)  

Customer NPS 
Vodafone Brand 
Mobile  

Customer NPS 
TPG & iiNet 
Brands Fixed 

Employee 
Experience - 
Values 
Alignment Index 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

For the purposes of calculating the STI outcome, the Board, following input from the GRNC, approved the Business 
Performance component of the STI payment as 69.15% out of 70% at target, representing an outcome of 98.79% or 
65.86% of maximum.  

Assessments were also undertaken for each individual. The CEO’s performance was assessed against individual 
specific goals approved by the Board, which reflected the following strategic pillars: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

Financial performance; 
Creating the conditions for a high performing organisation; 
Creating long term value; and 
Digital and IT transformation 

The GRNC, following input from the CEO, reviewed and assessed each Executive KMP’s performance relative to their 
individual goals.  The individual component represents 30% of the total STI payment.  The value of the deferred 
component of the award will be subject to the share price at vesting. 

Actual STI outcomes, for both Group and individual performance, were affected by other factors.  Elizabeth Aris and 
Stephen Banfield were not eligible for STI because they had resigned during the year.  Craig Levy and Daniel Lloyd 
received pro-rated cash STI payments and were not eligible for DSRs because they would not be employed by the 
Company at the time the DSRs were issued in March 2022 (Craig Levy left the Company on 17 December 2021.  Dan 
Lloyd stepped down as KMP but remains employed until 17 February 2022). In the case of Kieren Cooney, Jonathan 
Rutherford and Sean Crowley, their actual STI (both cash and DSRs) has been pro-rated to reflect the period for which 
they were Executive KMP. 

The table below shows the 2021 STI payment for Executives who were KMP for all or part of 2021, split into cash at 
60% and deferred amounts at 40% as well as the total amount.  It also reflects the Executive KMP STI given their period 
of appointment. 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney3 

Sean Crowley4 

Craig Levy 

Daniel Lloyd7 

Jonathan Rutherford8 

Elizabeth Aris9 

Stephen Banfield10 

2021 STI CASH 
ACTUAL1 

2021 STI DEFERRED 
ACTUAL2 

TOTAL 2021 STI 
ACTUAL 

1,100,617 

270,692 

285,101 

28,834 

262,5295

223,122 

117,176 

-

-

733,744 

180,462 

190,067 

19,222 

 -6 

-6 

78,118 

-

-

1,834,361 

451,154 

475,168 

48,056 

262,529 

223,122 

195,294 

-

-

1.  2021 STI Cash is paid to the Executive as a gross payment in February 2022. 
2.  2021 STI Deferred is granted in March 2022 to the Executive in DSRs over TPG Telecom ordinary shares deferred over one and two years.  
3.  STI pro-rated based on term as KMP from 8 March 2021 to 31 December 2021. 
4.  STI pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 November 2021 to 31 December 2021. 
5.  STI payment included as part of redundancy package.  Payment based on Target STI pro-rated from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021. 
6.  Not eligible for DSRs because they were not employed at the time of issue of DSRs in March 2022. 
7.  STI target pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021. 
8.  STI target pro-rated based on term as KMP from 27 July 2021 to 31 December 2021. 
9.  No STI award was made given employment ended in June 2021 due to resignation. 
10. No STI award was made given employment ended in October 2021 due to resignation. 

Page 53  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

For Executives who were KMP as at 31 December 2021, the table below shows their potential 2022 STI at Target and 
at Maximum as well as the percentage of cash and deferred equity to be potentially allocated for STI awards. 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney

Sean Crowley

Jonathan Rutherford

2022 STI TARGET 
$ 

2022 STI MAXIMUM 
$ 

2022 STI CASH 
% 

2022 STI DEFERRED 
% 

 1,850,000 

2,775,000 

464,100 

 585,000 

 290,000 

 464,100 

696,150 

877,500 

348,000 

696,150 

55% 

55% 

55% 

55% 

55% 

45% 

45% 

45% 

45% 

45% 

The allocation of STI will reflect business performance metrics against the 2022 STI scorecard.  The key elements are 
outlined below and reflect key drivers of shareholder returns that have been set to support the Company’s strategic 
priorities based on the annual budget and other strategic priorities as approved by the Board. 

MEASURE  

DESCRIPTION 

WEIGHTING 

Total Service Revenue 

Operating FCF 

EBITDA (unadjusted) 

Measures recurring revenue generated from the provision of 
telecommunication services excluding hardware revenue. 

Measures Operating cash flow less capex, finance lease 
repayments and finance lease interest (within financing costs). No 
adjustment will be made for spectrum, loan repayments and dividends. 

Measures the profit TPG Telecom makes after operating costs. The TPG 
Telecom Board reserves the right to use its discretion to adjust for 
abnormal items 

Customer Experience  

Customer NPS ranking relative to peers 

Employee Experience  

Measures alignment with TPG Telecom values based on 16 values 
questions contained within the TPG culture survey 

Individual performance achievement 

Aligned to specific Strategic Priorities 

TOTAL 

20% 

15% 

25% 

10% 

10% 

20% 

100% 

All targets are subject to Board discretion.  The exercise of any discretion will be reported to shareholders. 

4.3 LTI Grants 2021 

Under the TPG Telecom LTI plan which became effective on 1 January 2021, the first LTI allocation was made to 
Executives at the start of 2021. Each allocation of Performance Rights is granted at the start of the performance 
period with performance tested over a three year period against two equally weighted performance hurdles: namely 
Operating FCF, and relative shareholder return (TSR) against a nominated peer group of ASX listed companies that 
excludes energy, financial, materials and real estate sectors. 

The number of Performance Rights issued (reflecting the value allocated) was determined by the face value of the 
volume weighted average share price (VWAP) of a TPG Telecom ordinary share over the five days following 
announcement of the annual results. The VWAP for the 2021 LTI grant of Performance Rights was approved by the 
Board at $6.80 per performance right. The calculation used to determine the number of Performance Rights at grant 
for each Executive KMP was to divide their maximum LTI dollar package value by the Board approved VWAP share 
price.  In the case of the CEO, shareholder approval was sought and obtained at the May 2021 Annual General 
Meeting. 

Page 54  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

The table below details the number of Performance Rights granted under the 2021 LTI plan based on the 2021 LTI 
maximums and the grant price at the time of allocation for those Executive KMP who held that role for all or part of 
2021.  This table assumes the Executive was in the role for the entire year.  This was only the case for Mr Berroeta and 
Ms Bordeianu.  LTIs are subject to performance hurdles and have no value unless those hurdles are met. 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney 

Sean Crowley 

Craig Levy 

Daniel Lloyd 

Jonathan Rutherford 

Elizabeth Aris 

Stephen Banfield 

POTENTIAL MAXIMUM  POTENTIAL MAXIMUM 
2021 LTI 
($) 

2021 LTI  
% 

NUMBER OF 2021 LTI 
SHARE PRICE AT 
PERFORMANCE 
ALLOCATION ($)  RIGHTS ALLOCATED1 

150% 

100% 

100% 

36% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100%

100%

2,775,000 

700,000 

900,0003 

208,800 

700,000 

600,000 

303,0144 

             700,000  

             750,000 

6.80 

6.80 

6.80 

6.80 

6.80 

6.80 

6.80 

-

-

408,0882 

102,941 

132,352 

30,705 

102,941 

88,235 

44,560 

05 

05 

1.  Refer to Section 3.4 for how LTI performance is evaluated. 
2.  The CEO received shareholder approval for the LTI grant at the 6 May 2021 Annual General Meeting. 
3.  The Board exercised discretion to grant the full Performance Rights allocation to Kieren Cooney as part of his compensation for his forfeited LTI 

from his previous employer. 

4.  LTI figure pro-rated based on commencement of employment from 27 July 2021 to 31 December 2021. 
5.  LTI grant forfeited on resignation. 

Malus conditions will apply to each grant and no arrangements can be entered into to limit the economic risk of the 
Performance Rights. Performance Rights will generally be forfeited if the Executive leaves, except in special 
circumstances including redundancy, retirement, death or total and permanent disability.  This occurred in the case of 
Craig Levy and Daniel Lloyd. 

The table below shows the LTI Maximums for Executives who were Executive KMP as at 31 December 2021, proposed 
to be granted in March 2022. 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney 

Sean Crowley 

Jonathan Rutherford 

2022 LTI 
MAXIMUM % 

150% 

100% 

100% 

36% 

100% 

2022 LTI 
MAXIMUM 

2,775,000 

714,000 

900,000 

208,800 

714,000 

No grant for 2022 will be made to Craig Levy, Daniel Lloyd, Elizabeth Aris and Stephen Banfield. 

Shareholder approval for the LTI grant to the CEO will be sought at the 2022 Annual General Meeting. 

Page 55  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

4.4 LTI Outcomes 2021 for the 2021 TPG Telecom LTI Allocation 

Performance under the 2021 LTI will be tested over a three year period against two equally weighted measures 
linked to: 

PERFORMANCE MEASURE 

Relative TSR 

Operating FCF 

WEIGHTING 

50% 

50% 

The performance for Relative TSR will be assessed at the end of the 3 year performance period relative to a peer 
group of ASX 100 listed organisations set at the commencement of the LTI Plan (which excludes the Energy, Financial, 
Materials, and Real Estate sectors). 

The three year target for Operating FCF is set at the commencement of the LTI Plan.  The performance for the first 
year of the 2021 LTI Plan against target is shown below. 

MEASURE 

DESCRIPTION 

Operating FCF 

Measures Operating cash flow less capex, finance 
lease repayments and finance lease interest 
(within financing costs). No adjustment has been 
made for spectrum, loan repayments and dividends. 

TARGET 
$ 

PERFORMANCE OUTCOME 
$ 

485m 

596m 

4.5 LTI Outcomes 2021 for 2019 and 2020 VHA LTI Allocations 

The existing VHA LTI Plans that were in place for former VHA Executives were retained following the merger on 26th 
June 2020. None were in existence for TPG Corporation. Two of the retained VHA LTI Plans remain on-foot, namely 
50% of the 2019 LTI plan and the full 2020 LTI Plan.  Prior to the merger implementation, the VHA Remuneration 
Committee decided to accelerate the 2018 LTI Plan in full for the remaining period to 31 December 2020. Payment of 
the 2018 LTI Plan was made to eligible Executive KMP in July 2020 and reported in the 2020 TPG Telecom 
Remuneration Report. 

Under the legacy VHA LTI scheme, performance is tested annually against two equally weighted independent tranches. 
One tranche is subject to meeting Operating FCF performance targets and the other is service based, requiring the 
Executive to still be employed by the Company at the payment date in February after the end of the third year.  In 
special circumstances (including redundancy, retirement, death or total and permanent disability or as otherwise 
agreed), a pro rata payment may be awarded on termination.  Performance of the LTI plans is assessed annually over a 
three year period. 

The performance periods for the VHA LTI Plans that remain outstanding are detailed below. 

LTI GRANT 

2019 LTI 

2020 LTI 

PERFORMANCE PERIOD START DATE 

PERFORMANCE PERIOD END DATE 

1 January 2019 

1 January 2020 

31 December 2021 

31 December 2022 

Prior to the merger implementation, the VHA Remuneration Committee approved the level of business performance in 
relation to the 2019 VHA plan. The approved business performance was applied to the 2020 and 2021 performance 
years of the plan. For the 1H 2020 performance year of the 2019 LTI Scheme, performance was based on the 1H 2020 
VHA Operating FCF outcome. For the 2H 2020 and the 2021 performance year, the VHA Remuneration Committee, 
prior to the merger, approved performance at 100% achievement of target. 

Page 56  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

In addition to the 2019 LTI Plan, an LTI scheme was put in place at the beginning of 2020 for former VHA KMP, which 
will vest (subject to performance hurdles) on 31 December 2022 to be paid in February 2023.  

For the 2020 performance year of the 2020 LTI Plan, the VHA Remuneration Committee, prior to merger 
implementation, determined the performance outcome for 1H 2020 at 125% of the VHA Operating FCF target. A 
subsequent recommendation and decision made by the GRNC and the TPG Telecom Board was made in relation to 2H 
2020 performance at 75% of the TPG Telecom Operating FCF target. 

For the 2021 performance year, Operating FCF performance was approved by the TPG Telecom Board at 125% of the 
TPG Telecom Operating FCF target of $485m. The final performance year will be assessed at the completion of 2022. 

The table below details the performance outcome for the 2019 LTI Plan and performance to date on the 2020 LTI Plan. 

LTI 
GRANT 

PERFORMANCE 
PERIOD 
START DATE 

PERFORMANCE 
PERIOD 
END DATE 

PERFORMANCE 
YEAR 1 

PERFORMANCE 
YEAR 2 

PERFORMANCE 
YEAR 3 

OUTCOME % 

2019 LTI

 1 January 2019 

31 December 2021 

2020 LTI 

 1 January 2020 

31 December 2022 

122.5% 

99.9%3 

112.5%1 

125%4 

100%2 

111.67% 

-

1.  Performance for 1H 2020 of the 2020 LTI grant as approved by the VHA Remuneration Committee prior to merger at 125% of target. 2H 2020 was 
approved by the TPG Telecom Board at 100% of target. The remaining 50% of the 2019 LTI year 2 tranche and 100% of the year 3 tranche are 
payable in February 2022. 

2.  Performance Year 3 of the 2019 LTI grant was approved by the VHA Remuneration Committee prior to merger at 100% of target. 
3.  Performance for 1H 2020 of the 2020 LTI grant was approved by the VHA Remuneration Committee prior to merger at 125% of target. 2H 2020 was 

approved by the TPG Telecom Board at 75% of target. 

4.  The performance target is based on the performance target set for the OFCF measure of $485m, which is the same as for the STI Operating FCF 

measure. 

As a result of the approved 2019 LTI plan outcome, LTI payments will be made to Executive KMP in February 2022 as 
follows.  The payments will be reflected in the Actual Cash remuneration for these Executive KMP in the 2022 
Remuneration Report. 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Ana Bordeianu 

Sean Crowley 

Daniel Lloyd

2019 LTI 
PAYMENT1 

499,608 

157,500 

23,3972 

 170,2283 

1.  The remaining 50% of the 2019 LTI year 2 tranche and 100% of the year 3 tranche are payable in February 2022. 
2.  Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 November 2021 to 31 December 2021 
3.  Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021 

The 2020 VHA LTI plan remains outstanding and will be paid out in February 2023, subject to meeting performance 
targets for Year 3 for 50% and being employment at the time of payment for the other 50%.  These targets and actual 
performance will be disclosed in the 2023 Remuneration Report. 

Page 57  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

4.6 Total Remuneration Outcomes 2021 

The table below details actual remuneration allocated to Executives (both in cash and the face value of equity) for 
2021 for Executive KMP who held that role for all or part of 2021.  This reflects both their tenure with the Company 
and/or the period for which they were Executive KMP.  The 2021 LTI allocation will only have value if the specified 
hurdles are met. 

2021 
FIXED 

REMUNERATION1  RETENTION  SIGN-ON3 
$ 

$ 

$ 

2021 

2021 
SHORT TERM 

2021 
LTI GRANT  ACTUAL TOTAL 
INCENTIVE  ALLOCATED  REMUNERATION 
ALLOCATED 
VALUE 
$ 
$ 

ACTUAL 
$ 

TERMIN-
ATION4 
$ 

1,872,631 

370,0002 

723,1315 

759,891 

100,871 

694,886 

598,721 

314,739 

162,134 

639,119 

-

-

21,726 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

969,366 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,834,361 

2,775,000 

451,154 

700,000 

475,168 

900,000 

48,056 

34,895 

525,000 

262,5299 

223,12211 

673,151 

576,986 

-

-

175,000 

-

195,294 

303,014 

 -

-

-

-

6,851,992 

1,874,285 

3,104,425 

205,548 

2,155,566 

1,398,829 

813,047 

337,134 

639,119 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney6 

Sean Crowley7 

Craig Levy8 

Daniel Lloyd10 

Jonathan Rutherford12 

Elizabeth Aris13 

Stephen Banfield14 

1.  For executive KMP employed for part of the year, superannuation amounts have been pro-rated based on number of days employed.  The pro-rata 
calculation is based on statutory superannuation cap amounts for the periods of 1 January 2021 to 30 June 2021 and from 1 July 2021 to 31 
December.  For executive KMP employed for the full year, the annual statutory cap of $22,631 has been disclosed. 

2.  Represents 4 tranches of the CEO’s contracted retention payment with the final tranche due January 2022, as per the CEO’s 2020 contract. 
3.  Represents the payment to Kieren Cooney to compensate for his forfeited STI and LTI as a result of his resignation from his previous employer.  It 

mirrors the timing and amount of his retention payments from his previous employer.  Future payments will occur in September 2022 and September 
2023. 

4.  Payment for Craig Levy relates to contractual notice period of $350,000 and contractual severance provisions of $175,000.  Payment for Elizabeth 

Aris relates to contractual notice period of $175,000. 

5.  Includes an additional $500 superannuation payment related to TPG Telecom’s Super Bump program where all female employees with over 12 

months tenure are provided an additional $500 superannuation annually. 

6.  Fixed Remuneration and STI Actual figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 8 March 2021. 
7.  Fixed Remuneration, Retention payment, STI Actual and LTI Grant Allocated figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 November 2021 to 31 

December 2021. 

8.  Fixed Remuneration, STI Actual and LTI Grant Allocated figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021. 
9.  STI payment made in line with redundancy package. Payment based on Target STI prorated from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021 as this was 

approved before company performance results were determined.  STI figure excludes the value of the DSR component forfeited due to not being 
employed at the time of issue of DSRs.  

10. There will be a payment for Dan Lloyd relating to contractual notice period of $200,000 and contractual severance of $150,000.  This will be paid 

after 17 February 2022.  This differs from Appendix 2, Executive Statutory Remuneration, which conforms to the accounting standards.  

11. STI figure excludes the value of the DSR component forfeited due to not being employed at the time of issue of DSRs in March 2022. 
12. Fixed Remuneration, STI Actual and LTI Grant Allocated figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 27 July 2021 to 31 December 2021. 
13. Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 23 March 2021. 
14. Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 29 October 2021. 

Page 58  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

The below table details Actual cash remuneration received by Executive KMP who held that role for all or part of 2021. 

2021 
FIXED 

REMUNERATION1  RETENTION 
$ 
$ 

SIGN-ON3  TERMINATION4 
$ 

$ 

2021 
SHORT TERM 
INCENTIVE 

2021 
ACTUAL 
CASH TOTAL 
ACTUAL CASH  REMUNERATION5 
$ 

$ 

1,872,631 

370,0002 

723,1316 

759,891 

100,871 

694,886 

598,721 

314,739 

162,134 

639,119 

-

-

21,726 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

969,366 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,100,617 

270,692 

285,101 

28,834 

525,000 

262,52910 

-

-

175,000 

-

223,122 

117,176 

-

-

3,343,248 

993,823 

2,014,358 

151,431 

1,482,415 

821,843 

431,915 

337,134 

639,119 

EXECUTIVE KMP 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney7 

Sean Crowley8 

Craig Levy9 

Daniel Lloyd9,11 

Jonathan Rutherford12 

Elizabeth Aris13 

Stephen Banfield14 

1.  For executive KMP employed for part of the year, superannuation amounts have been pro-rated based on number of days employed.  The pro-rata 
calculation is based on statutory superannuation cap amounts for the periods of 1 January 2021 to 30 June 2021 and from 1 July 2021 to 31 
December.  For executive KMP employed for the full year, the annual statutory cap of $22,631 has been disclosed. 

2.  Represents 4 tranches of the CEO’s contracted retention payment with the final tranche paid in January 2022, as per the CEO’s 2020 contract. 
3.  Represents the payment to Kieren Cooney to compensate for his forfeited STI and LTI as a result of his resignation from his previous employer.  It 

mirrors the timing and amount of his retention payments from his previous employer.  Future payments will occur in September 2022 and September 
2023. 

4.  Payment for Craig Levy relates to contractual notice period of $350,000 and contractual severance provisions of $175,000.  Payment for Elizabeth 

Aris relates to contractual notice period of $175,000. 

5.  The 2021 Actual Cash Total Remuneration does not include the 2019 Cash LTI payment as this will be paid February 2022 and disclosed in the 2022 

Remuneration report 

6.  Includes an additional $500 superannuation payment related to TPG Telecom’s Super Bump program where all female employees with over 12 

months tenure are provided an additional $500 superannuation annually.  

7.  Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 8 March 2021. 
8.  Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 November 2021 to 31 December 2021 
9.  Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021 
10. STI payment calculated in accordance with redundancy package.  Payment based on Target STI prorated from 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021 
as this was approved before company performance results were determined.  STI figure excludes the value of the DSR component forfeited due to 
not being employed at the time of issue of DSRs in March 2022. 

11. There will be a payment for Dan Lloyd relating to contractual notice period of $200,000 and contractual severance of $150,000.  This will be paid 

after 17 February 2022.  This differs from Appendix 2, Executive Statutory Remuneration, which conforms to the accounting standards.  

12. Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 27 July 2021 to 31 December 2021 
13. Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 23 March 2021 
14. Figures pro-rated based on term as KMP from 1 January 2021 to 29 October 2021 

Page 59  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

4.7 Alignment with Shareholder interests 

This section of the Remuneration Report provides an overview of the alignment of the Company’s performance for 
FY21 with remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP. 

The table below is a statutory reporting requirement. However only 2021 is meaningful as it is the only year that 
reflects the performance of the merged Company. 

FINANCIAL1 

Service revenue2 

EBITDA3 

Operating FCF4 

Dividend Paid 

Share Price5 

NPAT 

2017 

2,437 

972 

495 

2018 

2,391 

1,102 

564 

2019 

2,271 

1,178 

568 

2020 

3,295 

1,391 

361 

N/A 

7.22 

734 

2021 

4,389 

1,731 

596 

288 

5.89 

110 

1.  Historic performance from 2017 to 2019 relates to TPG Telecom (then VHA) and not to the merged entity. 2020 includes a full 12 months of results 

for VHA and 6 months and 4 days of contribution from TPG Corporation. Service revenue and EBITDA are derived from statutory financial 
statements. 

2.  Service revenue is customer mobile, fixed broadband, data and internet service revenue and excludes other revenue such as hardware revenue. 
3.  EBITDA is defined as earnings before net financing costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation. 
4.  Operating FCF is based on management reported figures. Operating FCF is Operating cash flow less capex, finance lease repayments and finance 

lease interest (within financing costs). No adjustment has been made for spectrum, loan repayments and dividends. 

5.  Represents the closing share price as at 31 December. 

Page 60  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

5. Remuneration Governance 

5.1 Governance responsibilities have been clearly defined. 

The Board of Directors of TPG Telecom has oversight of TPG Telecom’s remuneration arrangements, and is 
accountable for remuneration as well as related policies and processes. 

The GRNC undertakes detailed work on remuneration and reports to the full Board through both formal minutes and a 
verbal report provided to the Board by the Chairman of the GRNC. 

The responsibilities of the Board and the GRNC, as defined in the Board and GRNC Charters, are as follows: 

AREA 

Executive 
remuneration  

APPROVED BY BOARD ON 
RECOMMENDATION OF GRNC 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

Remuneration policies 
Remuneration arrangements for CEO and 
Executives and the Company Secretary 
Performance and remuneration outcomes for the 
CEO and Executives (including annual or ad-hoc 
reviews) 
Design and outcomes for all employee incentive 
plans involving equity in the Company 
Assessment of performance against STI Group 
financial and risk gateways and individual 
behavioural gateways 
Gender outcomes to avoid gender or other bias 

• 
•  Minimum shareholding policy 

ROLE OF GRNC 

In addition to making recommendations to the Board, 
the GRNC undertakes the following: 
• 

risks involved 
time demands 
relevant industry and related benchmarks 

Reviews remuneration policies to ensure they 
reflect: 
–  ASX position and complexity of roles 
– 
– 
– 
Assesses performance against gateways and STI 
performance against metrics 
Exercises delegated discretions under employee 
incentive and equity plans 

• 

• 

•  Monitors the effectiveness of employee incentive 

• 

and equity plans 
Ensures practices and procedures comply with 
legal and ASX requirements and are in line with 
current market practices 
Reviews remuneration reporting to ensure it 
complies with legal requirements 
•  Monitors conformance with minimum 

• 

Non-Executive 
Director 
remuneration 

• 
• 

Remuneration policies 
Remuneration fees (subject to the aggregate 
cap) as approved by shareholders 

•  Minimum shareholding policy 

shareholding requirement 

•  Monitors conformance with minimum 

shareholding requirement 

Page 61  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

5.2 The relevant Board Committee is composed of Non-Executive Directors, who operate independently 

of management. 

The GRNC consists of four Non-Executive Directors, two of whom, including the Committee Chairman, are 
independent Non-Executive Directors. All Committee members are diligent in ensuring they have a comprehensive 
understanding of the merged Company and the interaction of remuneration, risk and performance. 

NON-EXECUTIVE KMP 

ROLE 

TERM AS KMP 

Helen Nugent 

Arlene Tansey 

Diego Massidda 

Frank Sixt 

David Teoh 

Independent Non-Executive Director, Senior Independent Director and GRNC  Full year 
Chairman 

Independent Non-Executive Director and Audit & Risk Committee Chairman 

Full year 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director and Chairman 

Full year 

Full year 

To 25 March 2021 

All members of the GRNC have experience in both Human Resources and risk to achieve effective governance of TPG 
Telecom’s remuneration system. In addition, all members of the GRNC have extensive experience in remuneration 
either through their professional background or as members of the committees of other boards, both in Australia and 
overseas. 

5.3 Effective remuneration governance processes are in operation. 

In 2021, the GRNC met six times. Director’s attendance at the meetings is set out in the Directors’ report. Over that 
period, the GRNC paid sustained attention to the design and operation of remuneration policies and practices, at the 
same time as being acutely aware of the need to motivate and retain employees as the organisation structure evolved 
and merger integration proceeded. 

More specifically, the GRNC and the Board have strong processes in place for making remuneration decisions for 
senior employees, including Executive KMP, which also involves assiduous management of conflicts of interest. These 
processes are rigorously followed both by the GRNC and the Board. 

The GRNC also discusses with the CEO the performance of each member of the senior management team, including 
Executive KMP. 

The GRNC and Board meets without the CEO in attendance to evaluate his performance. 

5.4 The Board reached its own decision on benchmark information. 

Benchmark data was sought from independent third party, Aon Hewitt, on peer group remuneration practices and 
levels as well as on the LTI peer group. This data was considered in detail by the GRNC as input to its 
recommendations and decision-making and in determining the relevant ASX peer group. 

However, no recommendation, as defined by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), was sought from a third party. 

Page 62  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

6. Non-Executive Director Remuneration 

Non-Executive Directors are remunerated in ways that support the retention of their independence and their 
commitment to performance for shareholders. 

6.1 The fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are appropriate. 

The maximum aggregate fee pool available for Non-Executive Directors is $2.5 million. Non-Executive Director fees 
were determined with reference to the median of the relevant ASX peer group of companies. 

The table below outlines the fees (inclusive of superannuation) paid to Independent Non-Executive Directors in 2021. 

ROLE 

Chair 

Member 

BOARD 
$ 

450,000 

165,000 

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE 
$ 

GOVERNANCE, REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE 
$ 

50,000 

25,000 

40,000 

20,000 

Following a review in late 2021, the Board approved the alignment of the Board Committee fees for the ARC and 
GRNC.  This reflects the role and responsibilities of the GRNC Chairman and the scope of the GRNC to cover 
governance, remuneration and nominations.   

The table below outlines the fees (inclusive of superannuation) that will be paid to Independent Non-Executive 
Directors for the 2022 financial year. 

ROLE 

Chair 

Member 

BOARD 
$ 

450,000 

165,000 

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE 
$ 

GOVERNANCE, REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE 
$ 

50,000 

25,000 

50,000 

25,000 

In making this decision, conflict of interest considerations were assiduously managed.  

A Non-Executive Director nominated by a shareholder may elect to have director’s fees paid to their nominating 
shareholder. For current Non-Executive Directors this includes Canning Fok, Frank Sixt, Pierre Klotz and Diego 
Massidda. 

6.2 Non-Executive Directors are required to hold a minimum shareholding of TPG Telecom shares. 

To align the interests of the Board with that of shareholders, the Board has a minimum shareholding requirement for 
Non-Executive Directors. 

Under the minimum shareholding requirement, Non-Executive Directors are required to acquire and maintain, directly 
or indirectly, a holding with a value equivalent to one year of base Non-Executive fees (excluding Committee fees). 
Each Non-Executive Director may accumulate this value over four years from the date of the merger or appointment, 
whichever is later. The shareholding requirement is reviewed annually. This requirement does not apply to any Non-
Executive Director appointed by a nominating shareholder who does not personally receive Non-Executive Director 
fees from the Company. At any point in time, the value of a Non-Executive Director’s minimum holding is calculated as 
the higher of the purchase price or current market price. Non-Executive Directors are required to seek approval of the 
GRNC prior to advising the Company Secretary of the purchase price at the time of purchase.  The GRNC annually 
monitors conformance of NEDs with this policy. 

In addition, the Board has adopted a share trading policy to ensure Non-Executive Directors comply with insider 
trading laws and their trading of TPG Telecom shares. The policy requires Non-Executive Directors to only trade within 
defined windows, document all shareholdings, as well as provide the Company with written acknowledgement of any 
trades. A breach of policy is regarded seriously by the Board and may constitute a breach of the law, and as such lead 
to appropriate action being taken against the Non-Executive Director. 

Page 63  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

Appendices 

1. Executive Service Agreements 

The table below sets out the main terms and conditions of the employment contracts of Executive KMP. 

CEO IÑAKI BERROETA 

OTHER EXECUTIVE KMP1 

6 months if within the first two years from  6 months 
start date, 12 months thereafter 

Employee notice period 

TPG Telecom notice period 

Term of Agreement  

Remuneration Review 

12 months 

Unlimited term 

Annual 

Restraint and non-solicitation period 

12 months 

Termination arrangements 

Entitled to severance of 6 months’ 
base salary 

6 months 

Unlimited term 

Annual 

6 months 

Entitled to severance of 3 months base 
salary or statutory entitlement whichever 
is greater 

1.  As Interim CFO Sean Crowley had a mutual notice period of 3 months; entitlement to severance of 3 months base salary or statutory entitlement 

whichever is greater; and a 3 month restraint and non-solicitation period. 

The table below sets out the CEO’s remuneration package from 1 July 2021. 

CEO 

BASE 

SUPER-

SALARY  ANNUATION1  REMUNER-ATION 
$ 

$ 

$ 

TOTAL FIXED  RETENTION 
PAYMENT2 
$ 

STI TARGET  STI MAXIMUM 
% OF BASE 
% OF BASE 
SALARY 
SALARY 

LTI TARGET  LTI MAXIMUM 
% OF BASE 
% OF BASE 
SALARY 
SALARY 

Iñaki Berroeta 

1,850,000 

23,568 

1,873,568 

555,000 

Up to 100% 

Up to 150% 

Up to 100% 

Up to 150% 

1.  Superannuation reflects the amount payable up to the statutory superannuation cap which came into effect from 1 July 2021. 
2.  The Retention payment is to be paid in 6 equal tranches on specified payment dates between 1 October 2020 and 1 January 2022, subject to 

continuous employment, unless the Company terminates CEO’s employment without cause. The payment is not to be taken into account when 
calculating any payment for STI, LTI, annual leave, long service leave or on termination of employment. 

Page 64  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

2. Executive Statutory Remuneration 

Details of remuneration for Executives are set out below in accordance with statutory disclosure requirements under 
the Corporations Act and the Australian Accounting Standards. 

SHORT TERM BENEFITS 

BENEFITS 

PAYMENTS  BENEFITS 

POST-

EMPLOYMENT  OTHER 

LONG 
TERM 

PAYMENTS TO BE 
SETTLED 

Name 

Year 

salary 1  STI Cash2 

Base Cash 

Non-
monetary 
benefits3 

Super-
annuation4 

Termination / 
Retention / 
Sign-on 
Payments 

Long  STI to be 

LTI to be 
settled in 
Service  settled in  Cash and 
Equity6, 7 
Equity5 

Leave 

Performance 
related 
remuneration 
(%) 

Total 

I Berroeta 

2021 

 1,850,000   1,100,617

 15,335

 22,631 

 370,0008

 30,808 

68,389  1,080,099 

 4,537,879 

2020  1,663,750  1,099,1099

 18,040

 21,348 

 92,500

 77,111   372,0229

 1,107,980

 4,451,860 

A Bordeianu  2021 

 700,000 

 270,692

 36,027

 23,13110

2020

 612,474

 335,681 

 20,463 

 21,848

 -

 -

K Cooney 

202112

 737,260

 285,101 

 12,562

  22,631

 969,36613

C Levy 

2020

202114

 -

-

-

-

-

 673,151 

 262,529 

 14,747

 21,735

 755,94515

 14,517

202016

 263,889 

 108,333

 5,587 

 10,847

 -

D Lloyd 

202117 

576,986

 223,122 

 14,747

 21,735 

538,23018

4,345 

 9,995 

2020

 551,176 

 359,265 

 14,927

J Rutherford  202119

 303,014 

 117,176 

 17,163 

2020

 -

-

-

 21,348

11,725

-

 77,115 

 25,778

 -

-

-

-

13,66011 

62,915 

 374,280 

 1,480,705 

-

 -

-

-

 364,875 

 1,355,341 

66,264

 123,419 

2,216,603 

-

 -

-

-

 -

-

-

 92,312

 1,834,936 

-

 393,001 

 305,84118 

1,690,656 

 382,877 

 1,432,486 

15,177 

 33,333 

497,588 

-

-

-

S Crowley 

202120

 96,932

 28,834

 2,563 

 3,939 

 21,72621

 1,614 

6,701 

 38,897 

201,206 

2020

 327,782 

 169,094

 -

 15,925

 -

7,962 

E Aris 

202122

 157,260 

2020

 58,333 

S Banfield 

202124

 620,548 

-

-

-

 3,235 

1,264 

 12,688 

5,424 

18,571 

 4,874

 175,00023

202025

 282,738 

 89,583

 5,587 

 10,847

T Czinner 

2021 

-

-

-

-

2020

 325,011 

 220,734

 9,340

 15,925

V Hicks 

2021 

-

-

-

-

2020

 305,819 

169,698 

10,969 

16,425

R James 

2021 

-

-

-

-

2020 

351,551 

206,384 

9,340 

15,450

B McIntosh  2021 

-

-

-

-

 -

-

 7,917 

4,655 

-

 6,932

-

7,613

-

-

-

-

-

 -

-

 -

-

 -

-

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 -

-

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

 159,305 

680,068 

-

-

-

-

-

340,369 

65,021 

659,724 

 393,410 

-

 210,338 

788,280 

-

-

221,651 

732,175 

-

-

90,333 

673,058 

-

-

11,961 

575,058 

-

-

8,353 

553,595 

2020 

76,915 

(19,198) 

1,835 

4,871 

496,991 

1,683 

K Millroy 

2021 

-

-

2020 

59,871 

(17,546) 

-

-

-

-

4,452 

497,490 

-

975 

Total 

2021  5,715,151  2,288,071 

129,066 

150,972 

2,830,267 

78,511  219,446  2,048,181  13,459,666 

2020  4,879,309  2,721,136 

97,352 

164,710 

1,164,096 

137,054  372,022  2,557,673  12,093,353 

1.  Base cash salary includes base salary and annual leave. 
2.  STI Cash includes actual STI amounts relating to the 2021 STI Plan performance year, and adjustments to the accruals for the 2020 STI Plan after the 

final payment. 

3.  Non monetary benefits include car parking and novated car leases.  For two KMP executives, this also included relocation and permanent residency 
related expenses (inclusive of any relevant fringe benefits tax), related to health insurance, tax support, relocation costs and permanent residency 
application costs. 

4.  For executive KMP employed for part of the year, superannuation amounts have been pro-rated based on number of days employed.  The pro-rata 

calculation is based on statutory superannuation cap amounts for the periods of 1 January 2021 to 30 June 2021 (pro-rated value $10,758) and from 
1 July 2021 to 31 December (pro-rated $11,881).  For executive KMP employed for the full year, the annual statutory cap of $22,631 has been 
disclosed. 

Page 65  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

50% 

58% 

48% 

52% 

21% 

-

19% 

28% 

31% 

52% 

33% 

-

38% 

48% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

23% 

-

55% 

-

53% 

-

44% 

-

(1%) 

-

(2%) 

34% 

47% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

5.  For Equity settled STI, 50% of the deferred shared rights (DSRs) will vest after one year, with the remainder vesting after two years, both subject to 

relevant forfeiture conditions. The fair value of the rights is determined based on the market price of the company’s shares at year-end, with an 

adjustment made to take into account the vesting period and expected dividends during that period that will not be received by the KMPs. 

6.  LTI Cash includes the accrued or paid amounts during the year relating to the 2021 performance year for the 2020 VHA LTI Plan Award and the final 
payment of the 2019 LTI Plan Award.  The payments for the 2019 VHA LTI Plan Award will be reflected in the Actual Cash remuneration for these 
Executive KMP in the 2022 Remuneration Report. 

7.  Performance share rights (PSRs) for 2021, subject to meeting hurdles, will vest on 31 March 2024. The total number of PSRs to be allocated was 

calculated based on the five-day VWAP of $6.80 over the period 26 February 2021 to 4 March 2021. The fair value of these rights was determined 
for the grant dates of 6 May 2021 and 24 September 2021 using: i) the Monte-Carlo model for the relative total shareholder return (TSR) hurdle and 
ii) the Black-Scholes model for the Operating Free Cash Flow (FCF) hurdle. 
TSR hurdle – The Monte-Carlo model which incorporates the impact of performance hurdles and the vesting scale on the value of the PSRs was 
used. This pricing model takes into account factors such as the Company’s share price at the date of grant, volatility of the underlying shares, the 
risk-free rate of return, expected dividend yield and the likelihood that vesting conditions will be met. The accounting valuation of rights issued is 
allocated equally over the vesting period.  
Operating FCF hurdle – The Black-Scholes model was used to determine the fair value of PSRs. This pricing model takes into account factors such 
as the Company’s share price at the date of grant, the risk-free rate of return, expected dividend yield and time to maturity. The accounting valuation 
of rights issued is allocated over the vesting period so as to take into account the expected level of vesting over the performance period.   

8.  The CEO’s Other Payments include four retention payments of $92,500 each with the last payment due for payment in January 2022. 

9.  The CEO’s 2020 STI DSR award of $372,022 has been moved out of the STI Cash and disclosed in the 2020 DSR to be settled in equity to reflect an 

incorrect categorisation in the 2020 annual report. 

10. Includes an additional $500 superannuation payment related to TPG Telecom’s Super Bump program where all female employees with over 12 

months tenure are provided an additional $500 superannuation annually.  
11. Includes a $2,000 service award payment based on tenure with the Company. 

12. Represents remuneration received as KMP from 8 March 2021. 

13. Represents the payment to Kieren Cooney to compensate for his forfeited STI and LTI as a result of his resignation from his previous employer.  It 

mirrors the timing and amount of his retention payments from his previous employer.  Future payments will occur in September 2022 and September 
2023. 

14. Represents remuneration received as KMP until 17 December 2021. 
15. Other Payments include redundancy payments related to the contractual notice period ($350,000), contractual severance provisions ($175,000) and 

on-foot 2021 LTI Plan equity to be settled in 2024. 

16. Represents remuneration received as KMP from 17 August 2020 to 31 December 2020. 
17. Represents remuneration received as KMP until 17 December 2021. 
18. Other Payments include redundancy payments to be paid in February 2022 related to the contractual notice period ($200,000), contractual 

severance provisions ($150,000) and 2021 LTI Plan equity to be settled in 2024 which remains on foot but which under accounting standards needs 
to be fully recognised in this statutory remuneration report. The LTI to be settled in cash and equity also includes payments to be made in February 
2022 as part of the VHA legacy LTI scheme. 

19. Represents remuneration received as KMP from 27 July 2021. 
20. Represents remuneration received as KMP from 1 November 2021. 
21. Other Payments include a retention payment of $130,000 pro-rated for the term as KMP. 
22. Represents remuneration received as KMP until 23 March 2021. 
23. Other Payments include a Termination payment related to the contractual notice period 
24. Represents remuneration received as KMP until 29 October 2021. 
25. Represents remuneration received as KMP from 17 August 2020 to 31 December 2020. 

Page 66  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

3. Non-Executive Director Statutory Remuneration 

Details of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors are set out below in accordance with statutory disclosure 
requirements under the Corporations Act and the Australian Accounting Standards. 

SHORT-TERM 
BENEFITS 

POST-EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS 

CASH SALARY  NON-MONETARY 
BENEFITS 

AND FEES 

SUPERANNUATION 

TERMINATION 
BENEFITS 

NAME 

C Fok 

P Klotz 

D Massidda 

R Millner 

A Moffatt 

YEAR 

20211

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

20212

2020

Dr H Nugent AC 

2021

F Sixt 

A Tansey 

J Teoh 

D Teoh 

S Teoh 

Total 

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

20213

2020

20214

2020

20215

2020

2021

2020 

 382,880 

 85,478

 181,667

 95,150 

 185,000

 92,801

 150,340

 70,975 

 114,855 

 -

 209,564

 98,935 

 193,333 

 90,724 

 214,120

 101,085 

 114,855 

 -

 98,780

 210,530 

 34,678

 70,975 

 1,880,072 

916,653 

-

 -

 -

-

 -

 -

 -

-

-

-

 -

-

-

-

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 14,660 

 6,743

 11,286 

-

 20,436

 9,399 

-

-

 20,880

 9,603

 11,286 

-

 9,384 

 10,847

 3,294 

 6,743

 91,226

43,335 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 -

-

-

 -

-

-

-

 -

 -

-

-

TOTAL 

 382,880 

 85,478 

 181,667 

95,150 

 185,000 

 92,801 

 165,000 

 77,718 

 126,141 

-

 230,000 

 108,334 

 193,333 

 90,724 

 235,000 

 110,688 

 126,141 

-

 108,164 

 371,538 

592,915 

 37,972 

 77,718 

 -

 1,971,298 

371,538 

 1,331,526 

1.  Canning Fok was appointed as Chairman on 26 March 2021. 
2.  Antony Moffatt was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 26 March 2021. 
3.  Jack Teoh was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 26 March 2021. 
4.  David Teoh was a Non-Executive Director and Chairman for the period 1 January 2021 to 25 March 2021. 
5.  Shane Teoh was a Non-Executive Director for the period 1 January 2021 to 25 March 2021. 

Page 67  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

4. Equity Movements 

The table below provides movements in equity during the financial year for Non-Executive Directors and Executives 
who were KMP for all or part of 2021. The numbers in the table reflect equity holdings and movements only for the 
period the Non-Executive Director or Executive was KMP. 

NAME 

Canning Fok 

Pierre Klotz 

Diego Massidda 

Robert Millner 

Antony Moffatt1 

Dr Helen Nugent AC 

Frank Sixt 

Arlene Tansey 

David Teoh2 

Jack Teoh3 

Shane Teoh4 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Elizabeth Aris5 

Stephen Banfield6 

Ana Bordeianu 

Kieren Cooney7 

Sean Crowley8 

Craig Levy9 

Daniel Lloyd10 

Jonathan Rutherford11 

HOLDING AT START 
OF TERM AS KMP 

GRANTED AS 
REMUNERATION 

PURCHASED / 
(SOLD) 

BALANCE AT END 
OF TERM AS KMP 

-

-

-

8,373,058 

611,269 

11,000 

-

20,000 

318,315,608 

133,258 

133,258 

-

-

338,300 

-

-

-

317,600 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

200,000 

-

-

-

-

-

-

116,000 

-

-

-

-

8,573,058 

611,269 

11,000 

-

20,000 

318,315,608 

133,258 

133,258 

116,000 

-

(38,300) 

300,000 

-

-

-

-

-

-

(57,600) 

260,000 

-

-

-

-

1.  Antony Moffatt was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 26 March 2021. 
2.  David Teoh was a Non-Executive Director and Chairman for the period 1 January 2021 to 25 March 2021. 
3.  Jack Teoh was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 26 March 2021. 
4.  Shane Teoh was a Non-Executive Director for the period 1 January 2021 to 25 March 2021. 
5.  Elizabeth Aris was KMP for the period 1 January 2021 to 23 March 2021. 
6.  Stephen Banfield was KMP for the period 1 January 2021 to 29 October 2021. 
7.  Kieren Cooney was appointed KMP on 8 March 2021. 
8.  Sean Crowley was KMP (Interim CFO) for the period 1 November 2021 to 31 January 2022.  
9.  Craig Levy was KMP for the period 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021. 
10. Daniel Lloyd was KMP for the period 1 January 2021 to 17 December 2021. 
11. Jonathan Rutherford was appointed KMP on 27 July 2021. 

Page 68  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

5. Additional Statutory Information 

Terms and conditions of the share-based payment arrangements 

Terms and conditions of each grant of Share Rights in a current or future reporting period are as follows: 

GRANT DATE 

STI Deferred Share Rights 

VESTING 
DATE 

EXPIRY DATE 

FAIR VALUE PER SHARE 
NUMBER OF SHARE 
RIGHT AT GRANT DATE  RIGHTS AT GRANT DATE 

% 
VESTED 

6 May 2021 

6 May 2021 

31 March 2022 

31 March 2023 

31 March 2023 

31 March 2024 

$4.80 

$4.80 

27,355 

27,354 

50% 

0% 

GRANT DATE 

VESTING 
DATE 

LTI Performance Share Rights 

EXPIRY DATE 

HURDLE 

FAIR VALUE PER 
SHARE RIGHT AT 

NUMBER OF 
SHARE RIGHTS 
GRANT DATE  AT GRANT DATE 

% 
VESTED 

6 May 2021 

6 May 2021 

31 March 2024 

31 March 2025  Operating FCF 

31 March 2024 

31 March 2025 

rTSR 

24 September 2021 

31 March 2024 

31 March 2025  Operating FCF 

24 September 2021 

31 March 2024 

31 March 2025 

rTSR 

$4.80 

$1.26 

$6.54 

$2.73 

381,162 

381,159 

73,751 

73,750 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

Reconciliation of shares rights and ordinary shares held by KMP 

The table below shows how many share rights were granted, vested and forfeited during the year. 

BALANCE AT 
START OF 
YEAR 
(NUMBER) 

GRANTED 
DURING YEAR 
(NUMBER) 

VESTED 
(NUMBER) 

VESTED 
(%) 

FORFEITED 
(NUMBER) 

FORFEITED 
(%) 

BALANCE AT END 
OF THE YEAR 
(UNVESTED) 
(NUMBER) 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

54,709 

408,088 

-

102,941 

110,294 

132,352 

30,705 

102,941 

88,235 

44,560 

27,355 

50% 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

27,354 

408,088 

-

102,941 

110,294 

100% 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

132,352 

30,705 

102,941 

88,235 

44,560 

Page 69  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

NAME & 
YEAR 
OF 
GRANT 

I Berroeta 

2021 

2021 

E Aris 

2021 

A Bordeianu 

2021 

S Banfield 

2021 

K Cooney 

2021 

S Crowley 

2021 

C Levy 

2021 

D Lloyd 

2021 

J Rutherford 

2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued 

Remuneration Report continued 

6. Related Party Transactions 

During 2021 the Group rented office premises from companies related to a former Director of the Company, David 
Teoh. The total rent charged for the period served as KMP, from 1 January 2021 to 25 March 2021, was $396,503. 

No loans were made to any KMP. 

This concludes the Remuneration Report, which has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of the Corporations 
Act 2001 (Cth). 

This Directors’ report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 24 February 2022. 

Fok Kin Ning, Canning 

Iñaki Berroeta 

Chairman 

24 February 2022 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

24 February 2022 

Page 70  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Auditor's  Independence  Declaration 

As lead auditor  for the  audit  ofTPG Telecom Limited for the year ended  31  December 2021,  I declare 
that  to the best of my knowledge and belief, there  have been: 

(a)  no contraventions  of the  auditor  independence  requirements  of the  Corporations Act  2001  in 

relation  to the  audit;  and 

(b)  no contraventions  of any applicable  code of professional  conduct  in relation  to the  audit. 

This declaration  is in respect  ofTPG Telecom Limited and the entities  it controlled  during  the  period. 

S Prakash 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Sydney 

24  February  2022 

PricewaterhouseCoopers,  ABN 52 780  433 757 
One International  Towers  Sydney, Watermans  Quay, Barangaroo,  GPO BOX 2650,  SYDNEY NSW  2001 
T: +61 2 8266  0000,  F: +61 2 8266  9999,  www.pwc.com.au 
Level 11, 1PSQ, 169 Macquarie  Street,  Parramatta  NSW 2150, PO Box 1155 Parramatta  NSW 2124 
T: +61 2 9659  2476,  F: +61 2 8266  9999,  www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme  approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Page 71  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
Financial Report 

About this report 

Contents 

The financial report covers the group consisting of TPG 
Telecom Limited and its controlled entities (the ‘Group’). 
Vodafone Hutchison Australia Pty Limited (‘VHA’) 
converted to a public company on 19 June 2020 and 
changed its name to Vodafone Hutchison Australia 
Limited. On 29 June 2020, the Company changed its 
name from Vodafone Hutchison Australia Limited to TPG 
Telecom Limited. 

All amounts are presented in Australian dollars unless 
stated otherwise. 

TPG Telecom is a company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered 
office and principal place of business is: 

Level 1, 177 Pacific Highway North Sydney NSW 2060 

A description of the nature of the Group’s operations and 
its principal activities is included in the Directors’ report 
on pages 24 to 70. 

The financial report was authorised for issue by the 
Directors on 24 February 2022. The Directors has the 
power to amend and reissue the financial report. 

Financial Statements 
Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

73 
74 
75 
76 
77 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
78 
Note 1. Reporting entity 
78 
Note 2. Basis of preparation 
82 
Note 3. Segment reporting 
84 
Note 4. Revenue from contracts with customers 
86 
Note 5. Other profit and loss items 
88 
Note 6. Income tax 
93 
Note 7. Earnings per share 
94 
Note 8. Cash and cash equivalents 
97 
Note 9. Trade and other receivables 
99 
Note 10. Inventories 
100 
Note 11. Derivative financial instruments 
101 
Note 12. Business combinations 
105 
Note 13. Interests in other entities 
109 
Note 14. Property, plant and equipment 
112 
Note 15. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 
116 
Note 16. Intangible assets 
121 
Note 17. Trade and other payables 
122 
Note 18. Borrowings 
123 
Note 19. Provisions 
125 
Note 20. Other liabilities 
125 
Note 21. Contributed equity 
127 
Note 22. Reserves 
128 
Note 23. Dividends 
128 
Note 24. Related party transactions 
130 
Note 25. Share-based Payments 
133 
Note 26. Commitments 
134 
Note 27. Parent entity financial information 
136 
Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee 
138 
Note 29. Financial risk management 
Note 30. Auditor’s remuneration 
144 
Note 31. Events occurring after the reporting period  144 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

146 

147 

Page 72  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Income Statement 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Other income 

Cost of provision of telecommunication services 

Cost of handsets and hardware sold 

Employee benefits expense 

Other operating expenses 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 

Depreciation and amortisation expense 

Results from operating activities 

Finance income 

Finance expenses 

Net financing costs 

Profit/(loss) before income tax 

Income tax (expense)/benefit 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

NOTES 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

2021 
$m 

5,293 

45 

2020 
$m 

4,346 

15 

(1,966)

(1,370) 

(891) 

(377)

(373)

(880) 

(328) 

(392) 

1,731

1,391 

(1,423)

(1,188) 

308 

1 

(150) 

(149) 

159 

(49) 

110 

110 

-

110 

203 

3 

(292) 

(289) 

(86) 

820 

734 

741

(7) 

734 

CPS 

CPS 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to owners of the Company 

Basic and diluted earnings per share 

7 

6 

64 

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 73  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to the income statement, 
net of tax: 

Net gain on cash flow hedges taken to equity 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Attributable to: 

Owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

2021 
$m 

110 

2020 
$m 

734 

1 

1 

2

2 

111 

736 

111 

-

111 

743 

(7) 

736 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes. 

Page 74  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
as at 31 December 2021 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Prepayments 

Assets held for sale 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Property, plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Intangible assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Prepayments 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Contract liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Derivative financial instruments 

Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Contract liabilities 

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Accumulated losses 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Total equity 

NOTES 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

8 

9 

10 

9 

14 

15 

16 

6 

17 

4 

15 

19 

20 

4 

18 

15 

19 

20 

21 

22 

202

476

95

60 

-

833 

204 

3,422 

1,294 

120 

431 

51 

79 

2 

683 

110 

3,258 

1,012 

13,144 

13,469 

262

27 

18,353 

19,186

264 

28 

18,141 

18,824 

1,118 

281 

61 

108 

-

99

927 

271 

92 

84 

1 

81 

1,667 

1,456 

17 

4,290 

1,359 

62 

73 

5,801 

7,468 

25 

4,330 

1,051 

64 

6 

5,476 

6,932 

11,718 

11,892 

18,399 

18,399 

5 

1 

(6,686) 

(6,508) 

11,718 

11,718 

11,892 

11,892 

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 75  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 

ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE COMPANY 

Equity attributable 

Contributed 

NOTES 

equity  Reserves 
$m 

$m 

Accumulated 
losses 
$m 

to owners of  Non-controlling 
interest 
the company 
$m 
$m 

Total 
equity 
$m 

Balance at 
1 January 2021 

Profit 
for the year 

Other 
comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Share-based 
payments 

Dividends paid 

Balance at 
31 December 2021 

22 

25 

23 

Balance at 
1 January 2020

Non-controlling 
interest acquired 

12 

Profit 
for the year 

Other 
comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Share-based 
payments 

Shares issued 
during the year 

Balance at 
31 December 2020 

22 

25 

21 

18,399 

-

-

-

-

18,399 

1 

-

1 

3 

-

5 

(6,508) 

11,892 

110 

110 

-

-

1 

3 

(288) 

(288) 

(6,686) 

11,718 

-

-

-

-

-

-

11,892 

110 

1 

3 

(288) 

11,718 

6,047 

(1) 

(7,249) 

(1,203) 

– 

(1,203) 

– 

– 

– 

-

12,352 

18,399 

– 

– 

2 

-

– 

1 

– 

741 

– 

-

– 

– 

741 

2 

-

7 

7 

(7) 

734 

– 

-

2 

-

12,352 

– 

12,352 

(6,508) 

11,892 

–  11,892 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 76  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST) 

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST) 

Other revenue 

Income taxes paid 

NOTES 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

5,684 

4,814 

(4,098) 

(3,641) 

1,586 

1,173 

45 

(4) 

15 

-

5 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

8(b) 

1,627 

1,188 

12 

13 

13 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Net cash acquired as a result of merger 

Payments for property, plant and equipment 

Payments for spectrum licenses 

Receipts on sale of spectrum licenses 

Payments for intangible assets 

Disposal of subsidiary (net of cash disposed) 

Cash reclassified to assets held for sale 

Loan repayment from Tech2 

Transaction costs relating to merger 

Net cash outflows from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Repayment of principal element of leases 

Finance costs paid 

Interest received 

Dividends paid 

Pre-acquisition dividends paid to TPG Corporation shareholders 

12 

Net cash outflows from financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 

8 

-

(606) 

(106) 

15 

(225) 

-

-

2 

-

99 

(411) 

(132) 

-

(273) 

(379) 

(7) 

-

(37) 

(920) 

(1,140) 

1,420 

4,780 

(1,460) 

(4,594) 

(139) 

(158) 

-

(288) 

-

(625) 

82 

120 

202 

(130) 

(241) 

2 

-

(479) 

(662) 

(614) 

734 

120 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 77  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1. Reporting entity 

TPG Telecom Limited (the ‘Company’) is a company domiciled in Australia. The address of the Company’s registered 
office is Level 1, 177 Pacific Highway, North Sydney NSW 2060. The consolidated financial statements as at, and for 
the year ended 31 December 2021 (referred to throughout this report as ‘2021’), comprise the accounts of the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’). The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily 
involved in the provision of telecommunications services. 

Note 2. Basis of preparation 

These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards 
and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board and the Corporations Act 2001. For the 
purposes of preparing the financial statements, the Company is a for-profit entity. 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 

The consolidated financial statements are presented without the parent entity financial statements. Disclosures in 
relation to the parent entity required under paragraph 295(3)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001 have been included in 
Note 27. 

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention, except for unsold handset 
and accessory receivables, derivative financial instruments and assets held for sale, which, as noted, are at fair value. 
Unless otherwise stated, the accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous year. 

Comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to the presentation of the financial statements and notes for the 
current financial year, where required, to enhance comparability. 

(a)  Merger with TPG Corporation Limited (formerly named TPG Telecom Limited) in 2020 

The merger of the Company and TPG Corporation became effective for accounting purposes on 26 June 2020 (being 
the acquisition date) and was completed on 13 July 2020. 

The merger was implemented through a Scheme of Arrangement under which the Company acquired all of the shares 
in TPG Corporation in return for issuing shares in the Company to TPG Corporation shareholders. 

The Group’s Consolidated Income Statement for the year to 31 December 2020 includes six months and four days of 
results from TPG Corporation (between the accounting effective date and 31 December 2020). 

Further details of the merger accounting are set out in Note 12. 

(b)  Net current asset deficiency 

At 31 December 2021, the Group had a deficiency of net current assets of $834 million (2020: a deficiency of $773 
million). The Group is satisfied that it will be able to meet all its obligations as and when they fall due, due to its history 
of generating positive operating cash flows, its current cash reserves, and available debt facilities. 

Page 78  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 2. Basis of preparation continued 

(c)  Principles of consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by 
the Company (its subsidiaries). Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has control. The Company 
controls an entity when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the 
entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group. Subsidiaries are 
fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are deconsolidated from the 
date that control ceases. 

All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between companies within the Group 
are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the 
transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with 
the policies adopted by the Group. 

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the Consolidated Income 
Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Consolidated Balance Sheet respectively. 

(d)  Foreign currency translation 

Functional and presentation currency 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. 

Transactions and balances 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the   
dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and 
from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement except when they relate to financial instruments qualifying for 
hedges as set out in Note 11. 

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies that are stated at fair value are translated to Australian dollars at foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates 
the fair value was determined. 

Foreign operations 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to Australian dollars at exchange rates at the reporting 
date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to Australian dollars at exchange rates at the 
dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented 
in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity. 

Page 79  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 2. Basis of preparation continued 

(e)  Goods and Services Tax (‘GST’) 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not 
recoverable from the taxation authority. In this case, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or 
as part of the expense. 

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO are classified as operating 
cash flows. 

(f)  Rounding of amounts 

The Group is of a kind referred to in the ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of 
amounts in the financial statements. Amounts in the consolidated financial statements and Directors’ report have been 
rounded off in accordance with the instrument to the nearest million dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar. 

(g)  New accounting standards and Interpretations 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 

A number of new or amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period. The Group did not have 
to change its accounting policies or make retrospective adjustments as a result of adopting these standards. 

In April 2021, the International Accounting Standards Board released an IFRIC interpretation of IAS 38 with regard to 
costs incurred in the configuration or customisation of a cloud computing arrangement. This decision does not have a 
material impact on the Group’s capital and operating expenditure associated with cloud computing arrangements as at 
31 December 2021.    

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 
2021 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a 
material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions. 

Page 80  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 2. Basis of preparation continued 

(h)  Key accounting estimates and judgements 

Summary of key accounting estimates and judgements 

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates, which, by definition, will seldom 
equal the actual results. Management also needs to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies. 

Information about significant areas of estimation uncertainties and critical judgements in applying accounting policies 
that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements is provided in the following 
notes: 

•  Note 6 
•  Note 9 
•  Note 9 
•  Note 12 
•  Note 14 
•  Note 15 
•  Note 16 
•  Note 16 
•  Note 16 

Recognition of deferred tax assets 
Loss allowance on trade and other receivables 
Recognition of unbilled handset and accessories revenue 
Accounting for business combinations 
Useful lives of property, plant and equipment 
Lease terms and discount rates 
Useful lives of intangible assets 
Determination of the Group’s cash generating units 
Impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives 

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. 

COVID Pandemic 

During the year to 31 December 2021, the COVID pandemic persisted with significant measures to contain the virus 
taken by the Australian Government and governments around the world. These measures have affected economic 
activity and the telecommunications market, which have impacted the Group’s financial performance during the year. 
The ongoing restrictions in movement, in particular international travel, have seen reduced inbound related 
connections, visitor revenue and international roaming revenues. 

A thorough consideration of COVID impacts on the business has not identified any significant impacts on the Group’s 
31 December 2021 asset values, or significant risks giving rise to additional liabilities to be recognised at 31 December 
2021. Management notes that the Group’s future financial performance, profitability and cash flow performance are 
critical inputs to certain significant accounting judgements including recognition of deferred tax assets (Note 6), 
recoverability of receivables (Note 9), impairment assessment of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives (Note 
16), and the Company’s financial risk management (Note 29). 

Management has not identified any significant changes to its accounting judgements and estimates when considering 
the impacts of COVID on estimation uncertainty in preparing these accounting positions for the purposes of the full 
year financial report. 

Page 81  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 3. Segment reporting 

The Group determines operating segments based on the information that is internally provided to the senior 
management team, who are the Group’s chief operating decision makers. 

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues and incur expenses. For all operating segments, discrete financial information is available and their operating 
results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s senior management team to make decisions about resources to be 
allocated to each segment and assess their performance. 

In light of the ongoing integration activities between the Company and TPG Corporation, the senior management team 
adopted revised reporting segments since 2020, being the Consumer and Corporate segments, to reflect how the 
Group is managed. 

SEGMENT 

Consumer 

Corporate 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

Provision of telecommunications services to residential and small business customers. 

Provision of telecommunications services to corporate, government and wholesale customers. 
Mobile small business customers have been categorised in Corporate. 

Unallocated 

Unallocated includes: 

Transaction costs relating to the merger in 2020 
Impairment of Tech2 in 2020 

• 
• 
•  Certain head office costs. 

CONSUMER 
$m 

CORPORATE 
$m 

UNALLOCATED 
$m

TOTAL 
$m 

For the year ended 31 December 2021 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Other income 

Cost of provision of telecommunication services 

Cost of handsets and hardware sold 

Employee benefits expense 

Other operating expenses 

Results from segment activities 

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Other income 

Cost of provision of telecommunication services 

Cost of handsets and hardware sold 

Employee benefits expense 

Other operating expenses 

Results from segment activities 

4,308 

-

(1,691) 

(802) 

(268) 

(336) 

1,211 

3,656 

– 

(1,195) 

(803) 

(258) 

(305) 

1,095 

985 

18 

(272) 

(89) 

(109) 

(41) 

492 

690 

4 

(175) 

(77) 

(68) 

(43) 

331 

-

27 

5,293 

45 

(3) 

(1,966) 

-

-

4 

28 

– 

11 

– 

– 

(2) 

(44) 

(35) 

(891) 

(377) 

(373) 

1,731 

4,346 

15 

(1,370) 

(880) 

(328) 

(392) 

1,391 

Page 82  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 3. Segment reporting continued 

Reconciliation of segment results to the Group’s profit / (loss) before income tax is as follows: 

Total segment results

Depreciation and amortisation expense 

Results from operating activities 

Net financing costs

Profit / (loss) before income tax 

Geographic information 

2021 
$m 

1,731 

2020 
$m 

1,391 

(1,423) 

(1,188) 

308 

(149) 

159 

203 

(289) 

(86) 

The majority of the Group’s revenues are derived from Australian based entities, and no single customer generates 
revenue greater than 10% of the Group’s total revenue. A geographic analysis of the Group’s non-current assets is set 
out below: 

Australia

Other 

‘Other’ predominantly relates to submarine cables located in international waters. 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

18,085 

17,847 

268 

294 

18,353 

18,141 

Page 83  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 4. Revenue from contracts with customers 

Revenue is recognised when (or as) the Group satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or 
service to a customer. Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. 
Revenue is presented net of GST, rebates and discounts. 

Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables 

Goods and services may be sold separately or in bundled packages. For bundled packages, e.g. mobile devices and 
monthly service fees, the Group accounts for revenue from individual goods and services. The consideration for the 
bundled packages comprises cash flows from the customers (expected to be received) in relation to goods and 
services delivered over the contract term. The consideration (transaction price) is allocated between separate goods 
and services in a bundle based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. Where a discount is provided to the 
customer for bundled packages they are recognised in proportion with the hardware and service equivalent stand-
alone prices. 

Service revenue - Telecommunication services 

The Group sells telecommunication services of the following nature: postpaid and prepaid mobile services, fixed data, 
internet and voice services, device replacement services and content services. Telecommunication services include 
monthly access charges for voice, messaging and data services, fees for connecting users of fixed line and other 
mobile providers to the network and agreements entered into with other telecommunications networks. Set-up 
revenue for certain products does not satisfy the definition of a performance obligation and is treated as part of the 
total contract price and allocated over the identified performance obligations. Revenue from device replacement 
services and content services is recognised on a net basis when the Group acts as agent. Revenue from 
telecommunication services is recognised over time in the accounting period in which the services are rendered. 
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. 

Hardware revenue 

Revenue from the sale of handsets, modems and accessories is recognised at a point in time when the handsets, 
modems and accessories are delivered, the legal title has passed and the customer has accepted the goods. 

For mobile devices sold in bundled contracts, customers are offered two options for payment – full payment at the 
commencement of the contract or instalments over 12, 24 or 36 months. A handset and accessories receivable is 
recognised for such instalment plans. Management have determined for instalment payments that a significant 
financing component does not exist and has therefore not adjusted the transaction price for the time value of money. 

The total transaction price for hardware revenue paid through instalments is subject to risks around collectability, 
impacts of new plans and industry trends. Accordingly, accumulated experience is used to estimate the impacts of 
these risks at the time of sale using a portfolio estimate. Each year, this experience is updated which can impact the 
estimate of the transaction price. 

Page 84  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued 

(a)  Major product categories 

TIMING OF 
REVENUE 
RECOGNITION 

Mobile – Postpaid  Over time 

Mobile – Prepaid 

Over time 

Fixed 

Over time 

Data and Internet 

Over time 

Other service 
revenue 

Handsets, 
accessories and 
hardware revenue 

Over time 

Point in time 

CONSUMER 

CORPORATE 

TOTAL 

2021 
$m 

1,323 

439 

1,708 

-

27 

2020 
$m 

1,459 

444 

895 

-

44 

811 

4,308 

814 

3,656 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

238 

-

141 

502 

11 

93 

985 

237 

-

92 

247 

40 

74 

690 

2021 
$m 

1,561 

439 

1,849 

502 

38 

2020 
$m 

1,696 

444 

987 

247 

84 

904 

5,293 

888 

4,346 

(b)  Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers 

Contracts assets (referred to as trade receivables) are amounts due from customers for goods and services performed 
in the ordinary course of business. Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is 
unconditional less loss allowance. Refer to Note 9 for further details. 

Contract costs are recognised as an asset and expensed over the expected life of a customer contract consistent with 
the transfer of the goods and services to which the capitalised costs relate to the customer. Refer to Note 16 for 
further details. 

Contract liabilities 

2021 
$m 

298 

2020 
$m 

296 

Contract liabilities relate to unearned revenue. Unearned revenue arises from consideration received from prepaid 
services which have not been utilised, or from postpaid services which have not yet been provided. Contract liabilities 
relating to prior year released during the year were $258 million (2020: $118 million). 

Page 85  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 5. Other profit and loss items 

(a)  Other income 

Grant income 
Gain on sale of spectrum 
Other income 

Government grants 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

13 
7 
25 

45 

10 
-
5 

15 

Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will 
be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions. Grant income relates to government grants that 
are deferred and recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement over the period necessary to match them with the 
costs that they are intended to compensate. 

Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant and equipment are included in liabilities as deferred 
income and are credited to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of the 
related assets. 

Page 86  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 5. Other profit and loss items continued 

Gain on sale of spectrum 

On 2 August 2021, the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary, TPG Internet Pty Ltd, sold its 2.6 GHz spectrum band 
licenses to Dense Air Networks Australia Pty Limited. 

The 2.6 GHz spectrum band licenses were sold at a total consideration of $15 million on 9 September 2021 (gain on 
sale of $7 million recognised) being the date that conditions precedent were satisfied. 

(b) Employee benefits expense 

Superannuation expense 
Other employee benefits expense 

(c) Other operating expenses 

Advertising and promotion expenses 
Consulting and outsourced services costs 
IT and facilities expenses 
Transaction costs associated with the merger 
Administration and other expenses 

(d) Depreciation and amortisation expense 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Amortisation of intangible assets 

(e) Net financing costs 

Finance income

Interest income 

Finance expenses 

Amortisation of borrowing costs 
Interest and finance charges for borrowings and lease liabilities 

Interest income 

Revenue from interest is recognised using the effective interest method. 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

33 
344 

377 

110 
130 
36 
(4) 
101 

373 

615 
141 
667 

23 
305 

328 

85 
115 
23 
36 
133 

392 

529 
152 
507 

1,423 

1,188 

(1) 

(3) 

9 
141 

149 

13 
279 

289 

Page 87  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 6. Income tax 

The consolidated current tax payable or recoverable is based on taxable profit/(loss) for the year. Taxable profit 
differs from profit reported in the Consolidated Income Statement because some items of income or expense are 
taxable or deductible in different periods or may never be taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is 
calculated using Australian tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 

Tax is charged or credited to the Consolidated Income Statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited 
directly to equity, in which case the tax is also recognised directly in equity. 

For tax purposes, with effect from 13 July 2020, the wholly owned Australian subsidiaries acquired as part of the 
merger with TPG Corporation entered the tax consolidated group, of which the Company is the head entity, in 
accordance with Australian taxation law. The tax sharing agreement entered into between the entities within the tax 
consolidated group provides for the determination of the allocation of the income tax liabilities between entities 
should the head entity default in its tax payment obligations or if an entity should leave the tax consolidated group. 
The effect of the tax sharing agreement is that the company’s liability for tax payable by the tax consolidated group is 
limited to the amount payable to the head entity under the tax funding arrangement. 

NOTES 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

(a) Income tax expense 

Current tax 

Current tax expense on profit for the period 

Adjustments for current tax in respect of prior periods 

Total current tax expense 

Deferred tax 

(Increase) in deferred tax assets 

Increase / (decrease) in deferred tax liabilities 

Adjustments for deferred tax of prior periods 

Total deferred tax expense/(benefit) 

Income tax expense/(benefit) 

6(d) 

6(d) 

(b)  Numerical reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax accounting profit/(loss) 

Profit/ (loss) from operations before income tax 

Income tax expense/ (benefit) using the Australian tax rate of 30% (2020: 30%) 

Tax effect of amounts which are (not deductible)/taxable in calculating taxable income: 

Non-deductible expenses 

Tax losses incurred during the year, not recognised 

Initial recognition of deferred tax assets 

Other 

Income tax expense/(benefit) 

48 

1 

49 

(20) 

22 

(2) 

-

49 

2021 
$m 

159 

48 

-

-

-

1 

49 

8 

-

8 

(792) 

(34) 

(2) 

(828) 

(820) 

2020 
$m 

(86) 

(26) 

13 

-

(819)

12 

(820) 

Page 88  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 6. Income tax continued 

c)  Tax losses 

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised 

Unused transferred tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised 

Total tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised 

Potential tax benefit at 30% (2020: 30%) 

2021 
$m 

-

2,275 

2,275 

683 

2020 
$m 

-

2,275 

2,275 

683 

The transferred losses of $2,275 million arose from the Vodafone and ‘3’ merger in 2009 and were transferred to VHA 
at that time. These transferred losses are subject to an available fraction calculation which determines the rate at 
which the transferred losses can be utilised. 

(d)  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable in the future arising from temporary differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases 
used in the computation of taxable profit. It is accounted for using the liability method. 

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from 
goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a 
transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the associated entity is able to control the reversal of the 
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the 
asset realised, based on tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and 
liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities 
are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

Page 89  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 6. Income tax continued 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Recognition of deferred tax assets 

Management judgement is required to determine the recognition of deferred tax assets, which is reviewed at the 
end of each reporting period. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is only recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in the future to utilise this benefit. This assessment requires 
assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits derived from management’s estimates of future cash 
flows. Judgements are also required about the application of income tax legislation. These judgements and 
assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will 
alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised in 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the amount of tax losses and temporary differences not yet 
recognised. 

With regard to tax losses carried forward, the benefit of tax losses will only be obtained if the specific entity 
carrying forward the tax losses derives future assessable income of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit 
from the deductions for the losses to be realised, and the Company complies with the conditions for deductibility 
imposed by tax legislation. At 31 December 2021, $477 million (2020: $590 million) of deferred tax assets from 
tax losses have been recognised based on management’s assessment of the availability of the tax losses, and the 
future rate of utilisation of tax losses based on management’s estimates of future cash flows. 

Amounts unrecognised as at the reporting date could be subsequently recognised if it becomes probable that 
future taxable profit will allow the Group to benefit from these unrecognised tax losses. 

Deferred tax assets 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Employee benefits

Deferred revenue

Property, plant and equipment 

Provisions and accruals 

Lease liabilities 

Tax losses

Other 

Copyright 

Total deferred tax assets

Set off tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions

Net deferred tax assets 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

20 

13 

163 

58 

416 

477 

15 

45 

1,207 

(945) 

262 

19

15 

134

72 

336 

590

21

-

1,187 

(923) 

264 

Page 90  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 6. Income tax continued 

EMPLOYEE 
BENEFITS 
$m 

DEFERRED  PLANT AND 
REVENUE  EQUIPMENT 
$m 

PROPERTY,  PROVISIONS 
AND 
ACCRUALS 
$m 

$m 

LEASE 
LIABILITIES 
$m 

TAX 
LOSSES 
$m 

OTHER 
$m 

COPYRIGHT  TOTAL 
$m 
$m 

19 

-

1 

20 

15 

134 

-

-

(2) 

13 

29 

163 

72 

(3) 

(11) 

58 

336 

590 

-

-

80 

(113) 

416 

477 

21 

-

(6) 

15 

-

1,187 

48 

45 

(3) 

(25) 

45  1,207 

MOVEMENTS 

At 1 January 
2021 
(Charged)/ 
credited 

- Addition 

from business 
combination 

- to profit or 

loss 

At 31 December 
2021 

PROPERTY, 
EMPLOYEE 
DEFERRED 
PLANT AND 
BENEFITS  REVENUE  EQUIPMENT 
$m 

$m 

$m 

PROVISIONS 
AND 
ACCRUALS 
LIABILITIES  LEASE  LOSSES  OTHER  MOVEMENTS  RECOGNISED  TOTAL 
$m 

TEMPORARY 
FOREIGN  DIFFERENCES 
NOT 

UNREALISED 

EXCHANGE 

TAX 

$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

MOVEMENTS 

At 1 January 
2020 
(Charged)/ 
credited 

- Addition 

from business 
combination 

- to profit or 

loss 

- Reclassification 
to assets held 
for sale 

At 31 December 
2020 

8

9 

2

– 

7 

143 

50 

316 

– 

5 

64 

(302) 

291 

10 

3 

30 

32 

– 

25 

– 

– 

109 

(2) 

(12) 

(8) 

(12) 

590 

(4) 

(64) 

302 

792 

– 

– 

– 

(5) 

–  1,187

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(5) 

19 

15 

134 

72 

336 

590 

21 

Page 91  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 6. Income tax continued 

Deferred tax liabilities 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Right-of-use assets 

Intangible assets 

Other 

Set off tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

374 

564 

7 

945 

298

612 

13 

923 

(945) 

(923) 

-

– 

MOVEMENTS 

At 1 January 2021 

(Charged)/credited 

- to profit or loss 

At 31 December 2021 

MOVEMENTS 

At 1 January 2020 

(Charged)/credited 

- Addition from business combination 

- to profit or loss 

At 31 December 2020 

RIGHT-OF-
USE ASSETS 
$m 

INTANGIBLE 
ASSETS 
$m 

OTHER 
$m 

TOTAL 
$m 

298 

76 

374 

612 

13 

923 

(48) 

564 

(6) 

7 

22 

945 

RIGHT-OF-
USE ASSETS 
$m 

INTANGIBLE 
ASSETS 
$m 

OTHER 
$m 

298 

24 

(15) 

298 

-

637 

(25) 

612 

2 

5 

6 

13 

TOTAL 
$m 

291 

666 

(34) 

923 

Page 92  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 7. Earnings per share 

Basic and diluted earnings per share 

Profit attributable to the owners of the Company used in 
calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the 
denominator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

UNITS 

cents 

$m 

31 DEC 
 2021

31 DEC 
 2020 

6 

110 

64 

741 

number 

1,859,341,669 

1,156,505,986 

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (‘EPS’) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated 
by dividing the profit or loss attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares during the period. 

Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of 
all dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

The weighted average number of ordinary shares for 31 December 2020 has been retrospectively adjusted for the 
share consolidation on the Company’s debt restructure. Refer to Note 21 for further details. 

Page 93  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 8. Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purposes of presentation in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include 
cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of 
the Group’s cash management. 

(a)  Restricted cash 

At 31 December 2021, $3 million of the cash and cash equivalents balance held by the Group were subject to 
restrictions and therefore not available for general use by other entities within the Group (2020: nil). These deposits 
represent funds collected on behalf of a third party that has purchased various handset receivable contracts. 

(b)  Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities 

The presentation of cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows has been 
prepared based on the direct method, as it provides more relevant information for the users of the financial report. 

The reconciliation of net operating cash flows has been disclosed in the below table. 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Profit for the year after income tax 

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation and amortisation expense 

Net financing costs 

Gain on sale of spectrum 

Transaction costs relating to merger 

Impairment expense 

Movements in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

Decrease/(increase) in prepayments 

Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 

Increase/(decrease) in contract liabilities 

Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities 

Increase in provisions 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Page 94  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

110 

734 

1,423 

149 

(7) 

-

-

1,188 

289 

-

36 

10 

1,675 

2,257 

(139) 

(44)

19 

2 

3 

4 

84 

23

45 

59 

(3) 

(845) 

(290) 

(17) 

(20)

2 

(48) 

(1,069) 

1,627 

1,188 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 8. Cash and cash equivalents continued 

(c)  Non-cash investing and financing activities 

Acquisition of right-of-use assets 

Partial settlement of business combination through issuance of shares 

(d)  Net debt reconciliation 

2021 
$m 

124 

-

2020 
$m 

84 

7,877 

This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for each of the periods presented. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Borrowings (non-current) 

Lease liabilities (current) 

Lease liabilities (non-current) 

Derivative financial instruments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Gross debt (fixed interest rates) 

Gross debt (variable interest rates) 

Derivative financial instruments 

2021 
$m 

202 

2020 
$m 

120 

(4,290) 

(4,330) 

(61) 

(92) 

(1,359) 

(1,051) 

-

(1) 

(5,508) 

(5,354) 

202 

(1,420) 

(4,290) 

-

120 

(1,143) 

(4,330) 

(1) 

(5,508) 

(5,354) 

CASH AND 
CASH 
EQUIVALENTS 
$m 

LEASE 
LIABILITIES 
$m 

BORROWINGS 
$m 

DERIVATIVE 
FINANCIAL 
INSTRUMENTS 
$m 

TOTAL 
$m 

Net debt at 1 January 2021 

 Cash flows

 Lease acquisitions

 Interest unwinding

 Lease revaluations and 

terminations

 Foreign exchange adjustments 

Proceeds from borrowings

 Repayment of borrowings 

120 

82 

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,143) 

(4,330) 

(1) 

(5,354) 

200 

(124) 

(61) 

(292) 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,420) 

1,460 

(4,290) 

-

-

-

-

1 

-

-

-

282 

(124) 

(61) 

(292) 

1 

(1,420) 

1,460 

(5,508) 

Net debt at 31 December 2021 

202 

(1,420) 

Page 95  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 8. Cash and cash equivalents continued 

CASH AND 
CASH 
EQUIVALENTS 
$m 

LEASE 

LIABILITIES  BORROWINGS 
$m 

$m 

Net debt at 1 January 2020 

Acquired on business combination 

Disposed on business combination 

Cash flows 

Lease acquisitions 

Interest unwinding 

Lease revaluations and terminations 

Foreign exchange adjustments 

Promissory notes received 

Disposal of subsidiary (VHF) 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Guarantee fees 

734 

99 

-

(327) 

-

-

-

-

-

(379) 

(7) 

-

-

-

(1,628) 

(115) 

557 

209 

(100) 

(84) 

16 

-

-

-

2 

-

-

-

Net debt at 31 December 2020 

120 

(1,143) 

(6,998) 

(2,047) 

-

-

-

-

-

(97) 

4,475 

605 

-

(4,780) 

4,594 

(82) 

(4,330) 

(e)  Guarantees 

Secured guarantees 

Unsecured guarantees 

DERIVATIVE 
FINANCIAL 
INSTRUMENTS 
$m 

129 

-

-

-

-

-

-

102 

-

(232) 

-

-

-

-

TOTAL 
$m 

(7,763) 

(2,063) 

557 

(118) 

(100) 

(84) 

16 

5 

4,475 

(6) 

(5) 

(4,780) 

4,594 

(82) 

(1) 

(5,354) 

2021 
$m 

-

18 

2020 
$m 

-

13 

The Group has provided bankers’ guarantees to support various commercial and regulatory obligations of $18 million 
(2020:$13 million). 

Page 96  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 9. Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods and services performed in the ordinary course of 
business. Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional less loss 
allowance. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30-60 days, except for handset and accessories 
receivables which are collected over the term of the contract. The group holds the trade receivables with the objective 
of collecting the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. For handset and accessories receivables which have not been sold to third parties in 
accordance with the Group’s arrangements, these are initially recognised at the amount expected to be recoverable 
over the term of the contract, subject to collectability reviews. 

Collectability of receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group applies the AASB 9 simplified approach to 
measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all receivables. To measure the 
expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days 
past due. 

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over relevant historical periods before year end 
and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to 
reflect current and forward looking information on macroeconomic and commercial factors affecting the ability of the 
customers to settle the receivables. 

Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no 
reasonable expectation of recovery include inactive accounts, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan 
with the Group and a failure to make contractual payments for a period of greater than 90 to 120 days past due. 
Impairment losses on trade receivables are presented as impairment of receivables within other operating expenses in 
the Consolidated Income Statement. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the 
same line item. 

The Group has entered into arrangements which allows them to sell certain handset and accessories receivables to a 
third party. 

The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when 
it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another party. On 
derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the 
consideration received and receivable is recognised as handset receivable expense within cost of handsets sold in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. 

As the relevant criteria in AASB 9 Financial Instruments were satisfied, the fair value of the current receivables sold 
were derecognised from the financial statements. At 31 December 2021, $130 million of its unsold handset 
receivables  
(2020: $153 million) has yet to satisfy the qualifying criteria required under the risk transfer arrangement with third 
parties, and are recognised as receivables by the Group. 

Page 97  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 9. Trade and other receivables continued 

Current 

Trade receivables 

Less: expected credit loss allowance 

Handset and accessories receivables 

Accrued revenue 

Receivable from related parties 

Other receivables 

Non-current 

Handset and accessories receivables 

Other receivables 

(a)  Movement in provision for impairment of trade receivables 

Balance at 1 January 

Acquired provision from business combination 

Provision for impairment recognised during the year 

Change in estimate 

Receivables written off during the year

Balance at 31 December 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

204 

(20) 

184 

214 

46 

1 

31 

476 

199 

5 

204 

246 

(37) 

209 

157 

35 

1 

29 

431 

104 

6 

110 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

(37) 

-

(15) 

-

32 

(20) 

(11) 

(29) 

(18) 

3 

18 

(37) 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Loss allowance on trade and other receivables 

Management judgement is required to determine the allowance for doubtful debts for the Group’s trade 
receivables. During the financial year, the loss assumptions used in determining the provision for trade and other 
receivables were reviewed against, and updated to align with, actual debtor collectability using latest available 
data. 

This included a thorough assessment of COVID impacts on potential increases in the number of customers in 
financial hardship, future plans and measures to support customers, and inherent uncertainties of the ongoing 
COVID pandemic. This assessment led to no additional provision for impairment of receivables estimate, that is, 
the $1 million provision recognised in 2020 continues to be reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position. 

Page 98  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 9. Trade and other receivables continued 

(b)  Handset and accessories receivables 

Handset and accessories receivables

Estimated future adjustments to unbilled revenue 

Handset receivables sale expense 

2021 
$m 

473 

(60) 

413 

32 

2020 
$m 

333 

(72) 

261 

31 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Recognition of unbilled handset and accessories 
revenue 

Management judgement is required to determine the potential future adjustments to handset and accessories 
revenue. Handset and accessories revenue is recognised upfront, with cash collected from customers over the 
instalment contract period. At the end of the reporting period, management assesses the risks associated with the 
recovery of unsold handset receivables paid through instalments and potential future buy-backs of sold 
receivables, and other loss risks relating to factors such as new plans, industry trends and company policies. 
During the financial year, the Group has performed a detailed analysis of historical data and future expected 
trends to identify any required revenue reversal to the original transaction price. 

At 31 December 2021, this included an assessment of COVID impacts on the aforementioned loss risk factors. 
Based on the assessment, management has decreased the provision required on handset receivables primarily 
due to decreased risk for waivers and other commercial risks. No other significant impacts were identified that 
resulted in a change in the recognition of variable consideration of hardware revenue during the financial year 
(2020: nil). 

Note 10. Inventories 

Finished goods include handsets, modems, other connectivity devices and accessories and are stated at the lower of 
cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises the purchase price and any expenditure that is directly attributable to 
the acquisition of the inventory after deducting rebates and discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling 
price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

Finished goods at net realisable value 

2021 
$m 

95 

2020 
$m 

51 

Inventories expensed in the Consolidated Income Statement during the year ended 31 December 2021 amounted to 
$806 million (2020: $807 million). 

Page 99  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 11. Derivative financial instruments 

Derivative financial instruments are utilised by the Group in the management of its foreign currency exposures. The 
Group’s policy is not to utilise derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Derivatives are 
initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on 
whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The 
Group designates certain derivatives as: 

• 
• 

hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges); or 
hedges of a risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast 
transactions (cash flow hedges). 

At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the economic relationship between hedging instruments 
and hedged items including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset 
changes in the cash flows of hedged items. The Group documents its risk management objective and strategy for 
undertaking its hedge transactions. The fair values of derivative financial instruments designated in hedge 
relationships are separately identified and disclosed. Movements in the hedging reserve are shown in Note 22. The full 
fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the 
hedged item is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the 
hedged item is less than 12 months. 

For derivatives that are unhedged, changes in fair value are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. 

Cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is 
recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement within other income or other operating expenses. 

The Group tests cash flow hedges for effectiveness at each reporting date both retrospectively and prospectively. 
Amounts taken to ‘other comprehensive income’ are: 

• 

• 

• 

transferred to the consolidated income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, such as, 
when the hedged financial income or financial expense is recognised, or when a forecast transaction occurs, 
transferred to the initial carrying amount of the non-financial asset or liability where the hedged item is the cost of 
a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, or 
transferred to the consolidated income statement immediately if the forecast transaction or firm commitment is 
no longer expected to occur. 

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, then hedge accounting is discontinued 
prospectively. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or 
if its designation as a hedge is revoked (due to it being ineffective), amounts previously recognised in ‘other 
comprehensive income’ remain in ‘other comprehensive income’ until the forecast transaction occurs. 

Current assets 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 

Current liabilities 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

-

-

-

– 

– 

1 

Page 100  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 11. Derivative financial instruments continued 

(a)  Forward foreign exchange contracts 

The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to 
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. 

The Group procures a portion of its hardware, network equipment and technology support services from global 
suppliers. In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the Group has entered into forward exchange 
contracts, in a number of currencies, primarily US Dollar, Indian Rupee, South African Rand and Philippine Peso. 

These contracts are hedging highly probable forecasted purchases for the ensuing financial year. The contracts are 
timed to mature when payments for purchases are scheduled to be made. 

Note 12. Business combinations 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity 
instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary company 
comprises: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

fair values of assets transferred, 
liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business, 
equity interest issued by the Group, 
fair value of any assets or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, and 
fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary. 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited 
exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling 
interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets. 

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 

The excess of the: 

• 
• 
• 

consideration transferred, 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and 
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement as 
a bargain purchase. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to 
their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being 
the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and 
conditions. 

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability 
are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date. Any gains or losses arising from such 
remeasurement are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. 

Page 101  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 12. Business combinations continued 

Merger of the Company and TPG Corporation in 2020 

The merger of the Company and TPG Corporation became effective for accounting purposes on 26 June 2020 and 
was completed on 13 July 2020. 

The merger brought together two highly complementary businesses to create a leading integrated, full-service 
telecommunications company with a comprehensive portfolio of fixed and mobile products for consumers, SMEs and 
enterprises. 

The merger was implemented through a Scheme of Arrangement under which the Company acquired all of the shares 
in TPG Corporation in return for issuing shares in the Company to TPG Corporation shareholders. 

The Scheme was approved by the Supreme Court of New South Wales on 26 June 2020 and became effective for 
accounting purposes on that day, being the deemed date of effective control. The Scheme was implemented on 13 
July 2020 when the agreed number of shares in the Company were issued to TPG Corporation shareholders. 

TPG Corporation Limited changed its name from TPG Telecom Limited and was suspended from trading on the ASX 
on 29 June 2020, and the Company changed its name to TPG Telecom Limited on 29 June 2020 and listed on the 
ASX on 30 June 2020. 

Between the accounting effective date (26 June 2020) and the merger completion date (13 July 2020) there were 
several restructuring steps that needed to be implemented by both the Company and TPG Corporation in accordance 
with the Scheme Implementation Deed. 

Acquisition related costs of $36 million are included in Other Operating Expenses in the Consolidated Income 
Statement for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

TPG Corporation’s contribution to the Group’s results for the six months and four-day period from 26 June 2020 to 31 
December 2020 was revenue of $1,237 million and net profit after tax of $219 million. If the merger had been effective 
from 1 January 2020, management estimates that the Group would have revenue of $5,517 million and net profit after 
tax of $283 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Page 102  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 12. Business combinations continued 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Business combinations 

Accounting for mergers and acquisitions is inherently complex, requiring a number of judgements and estimates 
to be made. 

The merger of the Company and TPG Corporation became effective for accounting purposes during the year 
ended 31 December 2020. The merger was effected through a Scheme of Arrangement under which the Company 
acquired all of the shares in TPG Corporation. 

In relation to the fair value of the Scheme consideration, the Company acquired TPG Corporation through the 
issue of shares in the Company (one TPG Telecom share for every TPG Corporation share). For accounting 
purposes, the acquisition date was 26 June 2020. The Company was listed on the ASX on a deferred settlement 
basis on 30 June 2020 and commenced trading on an ordinary settlement basis on 14 July 2020. Management 
reviewed the reliability of available information and inputs on each relevant date, in particular with regard to the 
fair value hierarchy under AASB 13 and assessed that the TPG Telecom quoted share price on 30 June 2020 
represented the most reliable measure of the fair value of the Scheme consideration at the acquisition date (26 
June 2020). 

Management judgement is required to determine the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in 
business combinations. A number of judgements have been made in relation to the identification to fair values 
attributable to separately identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including customer relationships and brands. 
The determination of fair values requires the use of valuation techniques based on assumptions including future 
cash flows, revenue growth, margins, customer attrition rates and weighted-average cost of capital. 

The initial accounting for the acquisition of TPG Corporation was provisionally disclosed at 31 December 2020. In 
accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations, the Group had a maximum of twelve months from the date of 
acquisition to finalise the purchase price accounting and allocation of fair value to goodwill and other indefinite 
life intangible assets. Management completed this exercise within the first half of the year and the table below 
now reflects the final fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities and the resulting value of goodwill arising from 
the merger. 

Page 103  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 12. Business combinations continued 

Cash and cash equivalents 

  Trade and other receivables1 

  Inventories 

  Deferred tax liabilities2 

  Other assets 

  Property, plant and equipment 

  Right-of-use assets 

  Intangible assets 

  Trade and other payables1 

Contract liabilities 

Borrowings 

  Lease liabilities  

  Provisions 

  Assets classified as held for distribution 

  Acquired pre-acquisition dividends payable 

Net identifiable assets acquired 

  Less: Non-controlling interests acquired 

  Add: goodwill 

Purchase consideration 

Provisional 
$m 

99 

124 

7 

(557) 

25 

1,491 

99 

3,431 

(272) 

(194) 

Final 
$m 

99 

123 

7 

(511) 

25

1,491 

99 

3,431

(264) 

(194) 

(2,047) 

(2,047) 

(115) 

(89) 

2,002 

512 

(991) 

1,523 

(7) 

6,155 

7,671 

(115) 

(89) 

2,055 

512

(991) 

1,576 

(7) 

6,102 

7,671 

Movement 
$m 

-

(1) 

-

46 

-

-

-

-

8 

-

-

-

-

53 

-

-

53 

-

(53) 

-

1.  Decrease of $1 million in trade and other receivables and $8 million in trade and other payables represent adjustments to reflect the best estimate of 

accruals and provisions required on acquisition date. 

2.  Decrease of $46 million in deferred tax liabilities relating to additional temporary differences on copyright within brand names. 

Page 104  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 13. Interests in other entities 

(a)  Subsidiaries 

Investments in subsidiaries are measured at cost in the Company’s financial statements. The following is a list of all 
entities that formed part of the Group as at 31 December 2021. 

EQUITY HOLDINGS 

NOTES 

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION 

2021 
% 

2020 
% 

NAME OF ENTITY 

Vodafone Hutchison Finance Pty Limited (‘VHF’) 

Vodafone Hutchison Spectrum Pty Limited 

Vodafone Hutchison Receivables Pty Limited 

H3GA Properties (No. 3) Pty Limited 

Vodafone Foundation Australia Pty Limited 

Vodafone Australia Pty Limited 

Vodafone Pty Limited 

Vodafone Network Pty Limited 

Mobileworld Operating Pty Ltd 

Mobileworld Communications Pty Ltd 

Mobile JV Pty Limited (‘Mobile JV’) 

AAPT Limited 

ACN 088 889 230 Pty Ltd 

ACN 139 798 404 Pty Ltd 

Adam Internet Holdings Pty Ltd 

Adam Internet Pty Ltd 

Agile Pty Ltd 

Alchemyit Pty Ltd 

Blue Call Pty Ltd 

Cable Licence Holdings Pty Ltd 

Chariot Pty Ltd 

Chime Communications Pty Ltd 

Connect Internet Solutions Pty Limited 

Connect West Pty Ltd 

3.6 GHZ Spectrum Pty Ltd (formerly Dense Air Australia Pty Limited) 

4,6 

Destra Communications Pty Ltd 

Digiplus Contracts Pty Ltd 

Digiplus Holdings Pty Ltd 

Digiplus Investments Pty Ltd 

Digiplus Pty Ltd 

FTTB Wholesale Pty Ltd 

Gizmo Corporation Pty Ltd 

Hosteddesktop.com Pty Ltd 

iHug Pty Ltd 

iiNet (New Zealand) AKL Ltd 

iiNet (OzEmail) Pty Ltd 

iiNet Labs Pty Ltd 

3 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,5 

3,7 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

Page 105  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

1 

4 

4 

7 

7 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

2,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,7 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

-

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

-

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

-

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

-

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

60 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 13. Interests in other entities continued 

(a)  Subsidiaries continued 

NAME OF ENTITY 

iiNet Limited 

Internode Pty Ltd 

Intrapower Pty Ltd 

Intrapower Terrestrial Pty Ltd 

IP Group Pty Ltd 

IP Service Xchange Pty Ltd 

Jiva pty ltd 

Kooee Communications Pty Ltd 

Kooee Mobile Pty Ltd 

Kooee Pty Ltd 

Mercury Connect Pty Ltd 

Neighbourhood Cable Unit Trust 

Netspace Online Systems Pty Ltd 

Numillar IPS Pty Ltd 

Orchid Cybertech Services Incorporated 

Orchid Human Resources Pty Ltd 

PIPE International (Australia) Pty Ltd 

PIPE Networks Pty Ltd 

PIPE Transmission Pty Ltd 

PowerTel Limited 

PPC 1 (US) Incorporated 

PPC 1 Limited 

Request Broadband Pty Ltd 

Soul Communications Pty Ltd 

Soul Contracts Pty Ltd 

Soul Pattinson Telecommunications Pty Ltd 

SPT Telecommunications Pty Ltd 

SPTCom Pty Ltd 

Telecom Enterprises Australia Pty Limited 

Telecom New Zealand Australia Pty Limited 

TPG (NZ) Pty Ltd 

TPG Corporation Limited 

TPG Energy Pty Ltd 

TPG Finance Pty Limited 

TPG Holdings Pty Ltd 

TPG Internet Pty Ltd 

TPG JV Company Pty Ltd 

EQUITY 
HOLDINGS 

NOTES 

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION 

2021 
% 

2020 
% 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,7 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,7 

3 

3,4 

3,7 

3 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3 

3 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

88.57 

88.57 

Philippines 

99.99 

99.99 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

USA 

Bermuda 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

-

100 

100 

100 

Page 106  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 13. Interests in other entities continued 

(a)  Subsidiaries continued 

NAME OF ENTITY 

TPG Network Pty Ltd 

TransACT Broadcasting Pty Ltd 

TransACT Capital Communications Pty Ltd 

TransACT Communications Pty Ltd 

TransACT Victoria Communications Pty Ltd 

TransACT Victoria Holdings Pty Ltd 

Transflicks Pty Ltd 

Trusted Cloud Pty Ltd 

Trusted Cloud Solutions Pty Ltd 

Value Added Network Pty Ltd 

Virtual Desktop Pty Ltd 

VtalkVoip Pty Ltd 

Westnet Pty Ltd 

Tech2 Business Solutions Pty Ltd 

Tech2Home Proprietary Ltd 

Tech2Home Pty Ltd 

Tech2Home (Communications) Pty Ltd 

The Tech2 Group Pty Ltd 

EQUITY 
HOLDINGS 

NOTES 

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION 

2021 
% 

2020 
% 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,4 

3,7 

3,4 

3,4 

3,7 

3,4 

3,5 

3,5 

3,5 

3,5 

5 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

-

-

-

-

-

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

1.  On 9 July 2020, the Company’s 100% ownership in VHF was transferred to Vodafone Hutchison (Australia) Holdings Limited, a UK incorporated 

company jointly controlled by entities in the CK Hutchison Holdings (‘CKHH’) and Vodafone Groups. On disposal of the subsidiary, $379 million of 
cash and cash equivalents held in VHF were transferred out of the Group. 

2.  The entity was established as a joint venture between the Company and TPG Corporation to purchase 3.6 GHz spectrum at the auction conducted in 

November 2018. As part of the merger, the entity is now 100% owned by the Group and included in the consolidated results. The entity had no 
material balances as at 26 June 2020 and therefore no significant impact arises from moving from the equity method of accounting to consolidation. 
Refer to Note 12 for further details. 

3.  These companies were acquired as part of the merger between the Company and TPG Corporation on 13 July 2020. These entities previously had a 

31 July year-end, which has since been changed to 31 December to align with the Group.  

4.  Pursuant to the ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785, these wholly-owned subsidiaries within the Closed Group are 
relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) requirements to prepare and lodge separate financial reports for the year ended 31 December 2020 
(to the extent they apply). 

5.  On 1 February 2021, the Company completed the disposal of its 60% investment in Tech2. As the investment was held at fair value at 31 

December 2021, there were no further accounting impacts that arose on completion. 

6.  On 9 September 2021, the Company completed the transaction announced on 2 August 2021 in which a wholly owned subsidiary of the 

Company acquired all of the shares of 3.6GHz Spectrum Pty Ltd (formerly Dense Air Australia Pty Limited) from Dense Air Limited. 

7.  These companies are exempt from financial reporting requirements and do not form part of the deed of cross guarantee and are recognised 

as a small proprietary company.    

Page 107  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 13. Interests in other entities continued 

(b)  Joint ventures 

Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint 
ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal 
structure of the joint arrangement. 

Joint ventures 

Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method after initially being recognised at cost in the 
consolidated statement of financial position. 

Equity method 

Under the equity method of accounting, investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to 
recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s 
share of movements in other comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income. Dividends 
received or receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the 
investment. 

When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity,  
including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has 
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the other entity. 

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent 
of the Group’s interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence 
of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of equity accounted investees have been changed 
where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

The carrying amount of equity-accounted investments is tested for impairment in accordance with the policy 
described in Note 14. 

NAME OF ENTITY 

3GIS Pty Limited 

3GIS Properties (No 1) Pty Limited 

3GIS Properties (No 2) Pty Limited 

Tovadan Pty Limited 

Mondjay Pty Limited 

EQUITY HOLDINGS 

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION 

2021 
% 

2020 
% 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

Page 108  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 14. Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical   
cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for 
its intended use. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a 
qualifying asset are included as part of the cost of that asset. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the 
item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement 
during the financial period in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation 

Depreciation is provided on property, plant and equipment excluding land. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line 
basis to write off the depreciable amount of each item of property, plant and equipment over its expected useful life to 
the Group. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 
Assets are depreciated from the date they are brought into commercial service, or in respect of internally constructed 
assets from the time the asset is completed and is available for commercial use. The cost of internally constructed 
assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour, and the initial estimate, where relevant, of the costs of dismantling 
and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located. 

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate 
items of property, plant and equipment. The expected useful lives are as follows: 

Buildings 

Leasehold improvements 

40 years 

4 to 8 years 

Network equipment and infrastructure 

3 to 25 years 

The depreciable amount of improvements to or on leasehold properties and leased plant and equipment is amortised 
over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement to the Group, whichever is the 
shorter. 

Depreciation rates and methods are reviewed at least annually and adjusted on a prospective basis as required by 
accounting standards. 

Page 109  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 14. Property, plant and equipment continued 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Useful lives of property, plant and equipment 

Management judgement is required to determine the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for 
the basis of the depreciation period over which economic benefit will be derived from the asset. The Group 
reviews the useful lives at the end of each reporting period, based on management’s expected life of each asset 
class, including expected use of specific assets and other relevant factors such as any expected changes in 
technology. 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is 
greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost 
of disposal and value in use. 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These are included in 
the Consolidated Income Statement. 

Impairment of assets 

Non-financial assets other than goodwill are tested for impairment at each reporting date or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. This includes intangible assets in 
the course of construction. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other 
assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an 
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period or when there is 
an indication that the impairment loss may no longer exist. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the 
asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation 
or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. 

Page 110  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 14. Property, plant and equipment continued 

LAND AND 
BUILDINGS 
$m 

LEASEHOLD 
IMPROVEMENTS 
$m 

NETWORK 

EQUIPMENT AND  ASSETS UNDER 

INFRASTRUCTURE  CONSTRUCTION  TOTAL 
$m 

$m 

$m 

Cost 

Balance at 1 January 2021 

Additions 

Transfers 

Write-off 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

Accumulated depreciation 

Balance at 1 January 2021 

Depreciation 

Write-off 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

At 31 December 2021 

Cost 

Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

43 

-

-

-

43 

(1) 

(3) 

-

(4) 

43 

(4) 

39 

111 

5 

-

-

116 

(85) 

(14) 

-

(99) 

116 

(99) 

17 

6,037 

1001 

444 

(168)1 

6,413 

(3,259) 

(569) 

140 

(3,688) 

6,413 

(3,688) 

2,725 

416 

6,607 

875 

980 

(617) 

(173)2 

-

(168) 

674 

7,246 

(4)  (3,349) 

(29) 

(615) 

-

140 

(33)  (3,824) 

674 

7,246 

(33)  (3,824) 

641 

3,422 

1.  The write-off and additions include $24 million of network equipment for 3G and 4G Huawei equipment that were accounted for as asset swaps. 
2.  The transfer balance of $173 million was transferred as additions to intangibles for $132 million and $41 million to right of use asset for leases. 

Cost 

Balance at 1 January 2020 

Additions from business combination 

Additions 

Transfers 

Write-off 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

Accumulated depreciation 

Balance at 1 January 2020 

Depreciation 

Write-off 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

At 31 December 2020 

Cost 

Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

-

43 

-

-

-

43 

-

(1) 

-

(1) 

43 

(1) 

42 

102 

3 

-

8 

(2) 

111 

(72) 

(15) 

2 

(85) 

111 

(85) 

26 

4,609 

1,407 

85 

214 

(278) 

6,037 

(3,011) 

(514) 

266 

(3,259) 

6,037 

(3,259) 

2,778 

241 

4,952 

38 

1,491 

484 

569 

(347) 

(125) 

-

(280) 

416 

6,607 

(4)  (3,087) 

-

-

(530) 

268 

(4)  (3,349) 

416 

6,607 

(4)  (3,349) 

412 

3,258 

Page 111  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 15. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 

At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or 
contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration. 

The Group has leases for various network sites, offices, retail stores and data centres. Rental contracts may contain 
both lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-
lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. 

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The 
lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by 
the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Determining lease term 

Management judgement is required to determine the lease term for leases that include additional optional 
extension periods beyond the initial non-cancellable period. As a lessee, extension periods are included in the 
lease term in determining the lease liability if the Group is reasonably certain that the extension option will be 
exercised. An assessment of the likelihood of exercising renewal options, based on relevant facts and 
circumstances, such as historical lease durations, costs and business disruption required to replace the leased 
asset or relocate the site, the existence of termination penalties and the Group’s future plans, is performed on 
initial recognition of the lease. The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or 
the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment if reasonable certainty is only revised 
if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is 
within the control of the Group. 

For the Group’s network lease portfolio, renewal options are generally included in the lease term, as it is 
reasonably certain, based on the type and use of the underlying asset, that the lease will be extended. The length 
of the initial lease term is also considered, as the likelihood of exercising an option diminishes the longer the non-
cancellable period. 

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are 
recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 
12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and typically have an underlying value of less than 
$10,000. 

Page 112  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 15. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities continued 

Initial measurement 

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is 
available for use by the Group. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the 
net present value of the following lease payments: 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable, 
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the 
commencement date, 
amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees, 
the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and 
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. 

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the 
liability. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability, 
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received, 
any initial direct costs, and 
restoration costs. 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Determining incremental borrowing rate 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily 
determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used. 

Management judgement is required to determine the incremental borrowing rate used to measure the Group’s 
network and commercial leases. Management is of the view that interest rates implicit in the Group’s leases are 
not readily determinable. 

The incremental borrowing rate represents the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the 
funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment 
with similar terms, security and conditions. To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group where 
possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect 
changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received and makes adjustments specific to the 
lease, e.g. term of lease. 

Page 113  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 15. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities continued 

Subsequent measurement 

The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not 
included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate 
take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset. 

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over 
the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each 
period. 

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight- line basis. If the Group is reasonably 
certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life. 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is 
greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost 
of disposal and value in use. 

Subleases 

The Group has entered into lease agreements as an intermediate lessor for various retail stores and offices. When the 
Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The 
sublease is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. 

Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognised as receivables at the amount of the Group’s net 
investment in the leases. The net investment in each sublease is determined by discounting the rental payments 
expected to be received from the sublessee over the term of the sublease. The interest income associated with the 
discounting of the rental payments is recognised over the term of the sublease. 

Site Sharing Agreements 

The Group has entered into a Site Sharing Agreement for various network sites. The purpose of this agreement is to 
share the costs relating to telecommunication equipment on certain network sites. Under this Agreement, access to 
network sites is granted to the other party in return for an access fee, which is settled on a net basis each quarter. 

The Group considers the core purpose of the Agreement is for the convenience of each party rather than to generate 
lease income. The Group accounts for the subleases arising from the exchange of access fees on a net basis, as the 
exchanged right-of-use assets are similar in nature, the timing of cash flows between the parties mirrors the timing of 
receipts/payments under the head lease agreements, and the amount of cash flows is not expected to be materially 
different between the exchanged right-of-use assets. The Group is in a net payment position under the Agreement, 
and as a result the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and lease liability for the net payment portion in accordance 
with AASB 16. 

Impairment of assets 

Refer to Note 14 for the Group’s non-financial asset impairment policy. 

Page 114  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 15. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities continued 

Right-of-use assets 

Commercial properties 

Network properties 

Lease liabilities 

Current 

Non-current 

2021 
$m 

194 

1,100 

1,294 

61 

1,359 

1,420 

2020 
$m 

165 

847 

1,012 

92 

1,051 

1,143 

(a)  Additions to the right-of-use assets during the 2021 financial year were $124 million (2020: $84 million) and 

includes transfers from assets under construction of $41 million. 

The increase in right-of-use assets and lease liabilities during the year included lease remeasurements arising from 
the renegotiation of its network site access arrangement with Axicom. Under the terms of the agreement, the 
lease term of existing network sites was extended for a period of 19 years. 

(b)  The merger between the Company and TPG Corporation became effective for accounting purposes on 26 June 

2020 and $99 million of right-of-use assets and $115 million of lease liabilities were acquired on this date as a 
result of the merger. On the accounting acquisition date, the Group derecognised $473 million of right-of-use 
assets and $564 million of lease liabilities relating to the Company’s access to dark fibre links, of which TPG 
Corporation was the counterparty. 

The Consolidated Income Statement shows the following amounts relating to leases: 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Commercial properties 

Network properties 

Interest on lease liabilities 

Interest expense (included in finance expenses) 

Expense relating to short-term leases (included in other operating expenses) 

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets not shown above as short-term leases 
(included in other operating expenses) 

The total cash outflow for leases in 2021 was $200 million (2020: $207 million). 

34 

107 

141 

61 

11 

-

44 

107 

151 

84 

13 

1 

Page 115  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 16. Intangible assets 

Goodwill 

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the 
acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any 
non- controlling interest in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the 
acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed. If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds 
the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value 
of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement as a bargain purchase gain. 

Goodwill is classified as an indefinite life intangible asset. Goodwill is not subject to amortisation and is tested 
annually for impairment, or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. 
Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. 

Brand names 

On acquisition of a subsidiary, brands of the acquired subsidiary are valued and brought to account as intangible 
assets. The value is calculated using the relief from royalty method. Brand names are classified as either finite or 
indefinite life intangible assets depending on the Group’s assessment of the expected pattern of economic benefits 
that they will generate for the Group. 

Amortisation is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives 
for the finite life brand names. Indefinite life brand names are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment, or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. Indefinite life 
brand names are allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. 

Computer software 

Computer software comprises computer software purchased from third parties as well as the cost of internally 
developed software. Computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and 
bring into use the specific software. Costs that are directly associated with the production of identifiable and unique 
software products controlled by the Group and are probable of producing future economic benefits are recognised as 
intangible assets. Direct costs include software development employee costs and directly attributable overheads. 
Software integral to a related item of hardware equipment is accounted for as property, plant and equipment. 

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense when they are incurred. 

Internally developed software is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met: 

• 
• 
• 

an asset is created that can be separately identified; 
it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and 
the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. 

On acquisition of a subsidiary, internally developed software and systems are valued and brought to account as 
intangible assets. The software is valued at its amortised replacement cost. 

Amortisation is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives 
from the date the software is available for use. 

The carrying values of these intangible assets are reviewed on a regular basis and written down to the recoverable 
amount where this is less than the carrying value. 

Page 116  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 16. Intangible assets continued 

Spectrum licences 

Costs associated with acquiring spectrum licences are capitalised. The amortisation of the spectrum licences 
commences upon the later of the readiness of the network and the spectrum licences being allocated. The spectrum 
licences are amortised on a straight line basis over the periods of their expected benefit. The carrying values of these 
intangible assets are reviewed on a regular basis and written down to the recoverable amount where this is less than 
the carrying value. 

Contract costs 

Under AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, incremental costs associated with acquiring and renewing a 
contract that are expected to be recovered are required to be initially recognised as an asset and expensed over the 
expected life of a customer contract consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods and services to which 
the capitalised costs relate. The carrying values of these assets are reviewed on a regular basis. Contracts costs 
associated with acquiring and renewing a service contract are capitalised and amortised over the life of the contract. 
Contract  costs associated with the sale of handsets are capitalised and amortised upfront in line with transfer of 
handsets to the customer. 

Connection costs, being costs of fulfilling orders, are capitalised and amortised over the life of the contract. 

Acquired customer bases 

On acquisition of a subsidiary, customer contracts and relationships of the acquired subsidiary are valued based on 
their expected future economic benefits (using discounted cash flow projections) and brought to account as 
intangible assets. The acquired customer bases are amortised to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight line 
basis in line with the expected economic benefits to be derived. 

Indefeasible rights of use of capacity (‘IRUs’) 

Indefeasible rights of use (‘IRUs’) of acquired network capacity are brought to account as intangible assets at the 
present value of the future cash flows payable for the right. IRUs of acquired subsidiaries are accounted for at their fair 
value as at the date of acquisition. Amortisation is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of the IRU contracts. 

Amortisation 

The expected useful lives of the intangible assets, other than goodwill and indefinite life brand names, are as follows: 

Definite life brand name 
Spectrum licences 
Computer software 
Contract costs 
Customer bases 
Indefeasible rights of use (IRUs) 

1 to 5 years 
11 to 20 years 
3 to 7 years 
1 to 3 years 
8 to 15 years  
4 to 22 years 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Useful lives of intangible assets 

Management judgement is required to determine the estimated useful lives of intangible assets for the basis of the 
amortisation period over which economic benefit will be derived from the asset. The Group reviews the useful 
lives at the end of each reporting period, based on management’s expected life of each asset class, including 
expected use of specific assets and other relevant factors such as any expected changes in technology. 

Page 117  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 16. Intangible assets continued 

Cost 
Balance at 
1 January 2021 
Additions from business 
combination 
Additions 
Transfers 
Write-off/Disposal 

Balance at 
31 December 2021 

Accumulated amortisation 
Balance at 
1 January 2021 
Amortisation 
Write-off/Disposal 

Balance at 
31 December 2021 

At 31 December 2021 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Net book amount 

Cost 
Balance at 
1 January 2020 
Additions from  
business combination 
Additions relating  
to joint venture 
Additions 
Transfers 
Write-off 

Balance at 
31 December 2020 

Accumulated amortisation 
Balance at 
1 January 2020 
Amortisation 
Write-off 

Balance at 
31 December 2020 

At 31 December 2020 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation 

Net book amount 

BRAND 
NAMES 
$m 

SPECTRUM 
LICENCES 
$m 

COMPUTER 
SOFTWARE 
$m 

CONTRACT 
COSTS 
$m 

CUSTOMER 
BASES 
$m 

IRUS  GOODWILL 
$m 

$m 

TOTAL 
$m 

425 

2,945 

852 

105 

1,689 

201 

8,568  14,785 

-
-
-
-

-
195 
-
(15) 

-
6 
131 
(1) 

-
66 
-
(56) 

-
-
-
-

-
-
1 
-

(53) 
-
-
-

(53) 
267 
132 
(72) 

425 

3,125 

988 

115 

1,689 

202 

8,515  15,059 

(1) 
-
-

(1) 

(620) 
(261) 
7 

(543) 
(161) 
1 

(60) 
(65) 
60 

(82) 
(160) 

-

(10) 
(20) 
-

(874) 

(703) 

(65) 

(242) 

(30) 

-
-
-

-

(1,316) 
(667) 
68 

(1,915) 

425 
(1) 

3,125 
(874) 

424 

2,251 

2 

1,594 

423 

1,094 

-
-
-
-

257 
-
-
-

988 
(703) 

285 

906 

26 

-
3 
125 
(208) 

115 
(65) 

1,689 
(242) 

202 
(30) 

8,515  15,059 
(1,915) 

-

50 

1,447 

172 

8,515  13,144 

107 

-

-

2,413 

5,022 

11 

1,689 

188 

6,155 

9,586 

-
63 
-
(76) 

-
-
-
-

-
13 
-
-

-
-
-
-

257 
79 
125 
(284) 

425 

2,945 

852 

105 

1,689 

201 

8,568  14,785 

(1) 
-
-

(1) 

(433) 
(187) 
-

(590) 
(161) 
208 

(620) 

(543) 

425 
(1) 

424

2,945 
(620) 

2,325 

852 
(543) 

309 

(69) 
(67) 
76 

(60) 

105 
(60) 

45 

-
(82) 
-

-
(10) 
-

(82) 

(10) 

-
-
-

-

(1,093) 
(507) 
284 

(1,316) 

1,689 
(82) 

1,607 

201 
(10)

191 

8,568 
-

14,785 
(1,316) 

8,568 

13,469 

Page 118  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 16. Intangible assets continued 

(a)  On 15 July 2021, the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Mobile JV Pty Limited, was successful in securing holdings in all available licence 

areas in the 26 GHz (millimetre wave) band auction for $110 million. The licence was issued to the Group on 29 June 2021 and commences from 
15 July 2021 for a period of 15 years. The Group will pay for the spectrum in five equal annual instalments of $22 million, with the first payment 
made in June 2021. At 31 December 2021, the Group has recorded the remaining liability of $88 million in other liabilities. 

(b)  On 2 August 2021, the Group entered into a Share Sale Agreement to acquire 5G spectrum holdings in the 3.6 GHz band from Dense Air Limited. 
The transaction involved a wholly owned subsidiary, Mobile JV Pty Ltd, acquiring all the shares of Dense Air Australia Pty Limited, which holds the 
3.6 GHz spectrum licenses acquired at auction in 2018 from Dense Air Limited. 
The transaction, under the accounting standards, was an asset acquisition as Dense Air Australia Pty Limited did not have the inputs, processes 
and outputs necessary to take the form of a business.  
The shares under the Share Sale Agreement were transferred at a total purchase price of $84 million. The date that conditions precedent were 
satisfied was 9 September 2021 and is considered the date of ownership for accounting purposes. 
Furthermore, the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary, TPG Internet Pty Ltd, sold its 2.6 GHz spectrum band licenses to Dense Air Networks Australia 
Pty Limited. 
The 2.6 GHz spectrum band licenses were sold at a total consideration of $15 million on 9 September 2021 (gain on sale of $7 million recognised) 
being the date that conditions precedent were satisfied. 

Impairment of assets (definite useful live intangibles) 

Refer to Note 14 for the Group’s non-financial asset impairment policy. 

Impairment testing for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives 

Indefinite life intangible assets, such as goodwill and brand names, are not subject to amortisation and are tested 
annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. 
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash inflows known as cash generating units (‘CGUs’). 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Determining the Group’s cash generating units 

Management judgement is required in determining the Group’s CGUs. Management is of the view that the Group’s 
telecommunications network is integrated in nature, and no single component of the network individually 
generates cash flows from delivering products and services. For the purposes of goodwill allocation and 
impairment testing, management is of the view that the manner in which operations are monitored by 
management best reflects the Group’s CGUs. 

During the financial year, there have been no changes to the manner in which the Group’s operations are 
monitored. The Group has identified the Consumer and Corporate Groups to be the lowest level at which goodwill 
is monitored for internal management purposes. 

Consumer Group 

Corporate Group 

2021 

2020 

BRAND NAMES 
$m 

GOODWILL 
$m 

TOTAL  BRAND NAMES 
$m 

$m 

GOODWILL 
$m 

326 

98 

424 

6,386 

2,129 

8,515 

6,712 

2,227 

8,939 

326 

98 

424 

6,449 

2,119 

8,568 

TOTAL 
$m 

6,775 

2,217 

8,992 

A CGU is impaired when the recoverable amount of the CGU is lower than the carrying amount of the CGU. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s value-in-use and fair value less cost of disposal. 

The Group uses the value-in-use method in order to assess the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which the 
indefinite life intangible assets have been allocated. If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying 
amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and 
then to the other assets of the CGU pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU. 

An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period. 

Page 119  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 16. Intangible assets continued 

Critical Estimates and Judgements: Impairment of goodwill 

Goodwill is not subject to amortisation and is assessed for impairment at least on an annual basis, or whenever an 
indication of potential impairment arises. During the financial year, management identified the impacts arising from 
the COVID pandemic as an indicator of potential impairment. 

Management judgement is required to determine the recoverable amounts of the Group's CGUs, which have been 
determined using a value-in-use calculation. The following key assumptions have been used in determining the 
recoverable amount of the CGUs with allocated goodwill: 

•  Cash flow projections - cash flow projections are based on five-year board approved forecasts. These include 
EBITDA related assumptions (such as expected customer subscriber growth rates, average revenue per user, 
product and pricing mix changes, direct costs to deliver telecommunication services, forecast employee 
headcount and wage inflation, marketing costs and other overheads), capital expenditure and spectrum. 
These assumptions are determined based both on an extrapolation of historical performance and future 
company plans. The customer growth rate and average revenue per user assumptions also rely on separate 
assumptions about the timing of the eventual relaxation of current international travel restrictions. 

•  Discount rate - a pre-tax discount rate has been used to discount the projected cash flows of the CGUs and is 

based on the Group's weighted average cost of capital adjusted to reflect an estimate of specific risks 
assumed in the cash flow projections. 
Terminal value growth rate – a long term growth rate is applied to extrapolate a CGU’s cash flows beyond the 
five-year forecast period. This growth rate is based on expected long-term performance in the market. 

• 

31 DECEMBER 2021 

31 DECEMBER 2020 

Consumer 

Corporate 

Consumer 

Corporate 

Discount rate (pre-tax) 

Discount rate (post-tax) 

Terminal growth rate 

8.90% 

7.20% 

2.5% 

9.21% 

7.60% 

2.5% 

9.27% 

7.63% 

2.5% 

9.14% 

7.63% 

2.5% 

Sensitivity analysis on all of the key assumptions employed in the value-in-use calculations has been performed. 
From this, management has concluded that a reasonable possible change in the post-tax discount rate, terminal 
growth rate or the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of EBITDA could cause the carrying amount of the 
consumer CGU to exceed the recoverable amount. 

Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the recoverable amounts of the CGUs and, where applicable, 
the impairment charge considering reasonable possible change scenarios relating to key assumptions at 
31 December 2021. 

CONSUMER 

CORPORATE 

Post-tax 

Terminal 

discount rate  growth rate 

EBITDA 
CAGR 

Post-tax 

Terminal 

discount rate  growth rate 

EBITDA 
CAGR 

+0.5% 

-0.5% 

-1% 

+0.5% 

-0.5% 

-1% 

(1,261) 

(1,077) 

(348) 

(496) 

(424) 

(129) 

(785) 

(600) 

128 

386 

458 

754 

Change in recoverable amount 
($m) 

Headroom/(Impairment)  
($m) 

Due to the interrelated nature of the assumptions, movements in any one variable can have an indirect impact on 
others and individual variables rarely change in isolation. Additionally, management can be expected to respond to 
movements, to mitigate downsides and take advantage of upsides, as circumstances allow. Consequently, it is 
impracticable to estimate the indirect impact that a change in one assumption has on other variables and, hence, 
to estimate the likelihood, or extent, of impairments, or reversals of impairments, under different sets of 
assumptions in subsequent reporting periods. 

Page 120  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 17. Trade and other payables 

Trade creditors and accruals 

Employee benefits related payables 

Other creditors 

Payables to related parties 

Trade creditors 

2021 
$m 

1,045 

44 

24 

5 

2020 
$m 

848 

45 

10 

24 

1,118 

927 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial 
period and which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid or payable within 7 to 180 days of 
recognition. The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due 
to their short- term nature. 

Employee benefits – Wages and salaries 

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 
months after the end of the reporting period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in 
other creditors in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date and are measured at the amounts expected 
to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Liabilities for sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and 
measured at the rates paid or payable. 

Employee benefits – Superannuation 

The Group pays contributions to defined contribution superannuation plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary 
basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are 
recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the 
extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available. 

Employee benefits - STI 

A liability for employee benefits in the form of a STI plan is recognised in other creditors when there is no realistic 
alternative but to settle the liability and at least one of the following conditions is met: 

• 
• 
• 

there are formal terms in the plan for determining the amount of the benefit; 
the amounts to be paid are determined before the time of completion of the financial statements; or 
past practice gives clear evidence of the amount of the obligation. 

Liabilities for STI plans are expected to be settled within 12 months and are measured at the amounts expected to be 
paid when they are settled. 

The Group accrues for long-term incentives based on a number of eligible employees and expected hurdle rates 
being met. 

Employee benefits - Termination benefits 

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or 
when an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination 
benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; 
and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of AASB 137 and involves the 
payment of termination benefits. 

Page 121  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 18. Borrowings 

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds and the redemption amount is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities, which are not incremental costs relating to the drawdown of the 
facilities, are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility 
will be drawn down, otherwise recognised as prepayments and amortised on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
facility. 

Current 

Bank loans (unsecured) 

Non-current 

Bank loans (unsecured) 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

-

-

-

-

4,290 

4,290 

4,330 

4,330 

Refinancing activities during the year 

In March 2021, the Group refinanced $500 million of its existing $5,250 million loan facility. Loan establishment fees of 
$2 million arising from the refinancing have been capitalised in prepayments and will be amortised over the new loan 
period. Existing loan establishment fees of $1 million relating to the original facility (now reduced to a $4,750 million 
facility) were expensed immediately upon the refinancing during the period.  

In June 2021, the Group entered into an agreement to reduce the margin of, and extend by one year, its $4,750 
million loan facility. Loan establishment fees of $5 million relating to the amendment and extension of the loan facility 
have been capitalised in prepayments and will be amortised over the revised loan period. Existing loan establishment 
fees of $19 million unamortised at the date of the amendment relating to the original facility will be amortised over the 
revised loan period. 

Available facilities 

At 31 December 2021, the Group has total loan facilities of $5,250 million and a committed overdraft facility of $35 
million (2020: $35 million). Total amount of undrawn borrowing facilities as at 31 December 2021 was $995 million 
(2020: $955 million). 

The Group’s bank loan facilities contain undertakings to comply with financial covenants. These require that the Group 
operates within certain financial ratios. The financial covenants that the Group is subject to are Leverage and Interest 
Coverage. Additionally, the Group is required to ensure that that the Total Assets and EBITDA of the guarantors meet 
minimum threshold amounts of Total Assets and consolidated EBITDA of the Group. 

There were no breaches of financial covenants during the year ended 31 December 2021. 

The fair value of the loans approximate their carrying amounts since the interest payable on those borrowings is either 
close to current market rates or the borrowings are of a short-term nature. 

Page 122  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 19. Provisions 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is 
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably 
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Provisions are measured at the present value of 
management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date. 

The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the liability. 

Onerous contracts 

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as a provision. An onerous contract 
is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations 
under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. 

Make good provisions 

A provision has been made for the present value of anticipated future costs of restoration of leased premises. 

The provision includes future cost estimates associated with removing any leasehold improvements. The costs have 
been capitalised as part of the cost of leasehold improvements and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the 
lease or the useful life of the assets. 

Decommissioning costs 

The Group records a provision for decommissioning costs on its network. Decommissioning costs are provided at the 
present value of expected costs to settle the obligation using estimated cash flows and are recognised as part of the 
cost of that particular asset. The estimated future costs of decommissioning are reviewed annually and adjusted as 
appropriate. Changes in the estimated future costs or in the discount rate applied are added to or deducted from the 
cost of the asset. 

Annual leave employee benefit obligations 

Liabilities for annual leave that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the reporting 
period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in provision for employee benefits in respect 
of employees’ services up to the reporting date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the 
liabilities are settled. 

Page 123  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 19. Provisions continued 

Long service leave and other long-term employee benefit obligations 

The Group has liabilities for long service leave that are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the 
end of the period in which the employees render the related service. The liability for long service leave is recognised 
in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in 
respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage 
and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are 
discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currency 
that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. The obligations are presented as current 
liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer 
settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected 
to occur. 

Current 

Employee benefits 

Decommissioning and make good 

Other provisions 

Non-current 

Employee benefits 

Decommissioning and make good 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

55 

27 

26 

108 

8 

54 

62 

51 

19 

14 

84 

11 

53 

64 

Movement in provisions (excluding employee benefits) 

Balance at 1 January 2021 

Additional amounts recognised during the year 

Amounts used during the year 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

DECOMMISSIONING 

OTHER 
AND MAKE GOOD  PROVISIONS 
$m 
$m 

TOTAL 
$m 

72 

16 

(7) 

81 

14 

34 

(22) 

26 

86 

50 

(29) 

107 

Page 124  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 20. Other liabilities 

Current 

Government grants 

Other payables 

Non-current 

Other payables 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

27 

72 

99 

21 

60 

81 

73 

6 

Note 21. Contributed equity 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options 
are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. Equity instruments issued by the Company are 
classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into and the definitions of an equity 
instrument. 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all 
of its liabilities. Interest and dividends are classified as expenses or as distributions of profit consistent with the 
classification of related debt or equity instruments in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and proceeds on winding up of the company in 
proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands every holder of ordinary 
shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to 
one vote. Ordinary shares have no par value and the Consolidated Entity does not have a limited amount of authorised 
capital. All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets. 

Ordinary shares (fully paid) 

Balance at 1 January 

2021 
SHARES 

2020 
SHARES 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

1,859,341,669 

1,100,096,986 

18,399 

6,047 

Share consolidation on debt restructure 

-

(685,911,834) 

-

-

1,859,341,669 

414,185,152 

18,399 

6,047 

Shares issued on the Company’s debt restructure 

Shares issued on acquisition of TPG Corporation 

-

-

517,345,024 

927,811,493 

-

-

4,475 

7,877 

Balance at 31 December 

1,859,341,669 

1,859,341,669 

18,399 

18,399 

Page 125  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 21. Contributed equity continued 

Basic and diluted earnings per share 

Profit attributable to the owners of the Company used in 
calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the 
denominator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

UNITS 

cents 

$m 

31 DEC 
2021 

6 

110 

31 DEC 
2020 

64 

741 

number 

1,859,341,669 

1,156,505,986 

Share consolidation and shares issued on the Company’s debt restructure in 2020 

On 9 July 2020, the Company performed a share consolidation and issued shares to the Company’s pre-merger 
shareholders, entities in the CKHH and Vodafone Group, so that these shareholders’ ownership in the Company 
represented 50.1% of the Company’s total issued shares on merger completion on 13 July 2020. 

The value of the shares issued was $4,475 million, which equated to the Company’s debt transferred out of the Group 
and assumed by the Company’s pre-merger shareholders.  

Shares issued on acquisition of TPG Corporation in 2020 

On 13 July 2020, notwithstanding an effective date of 26 June 2020 for accounting purposes, the Company legally 
acquired TPG Corporation through the issuance of shares. One share in the Company was issued to TPG 
Corporation’s pre-merger shareholders for every one share held in TPG Corporation. The shares issued to TPG 
Corporation’s pre-merger shareholders represent 49.9% of the Company’s total issued shares on merger completion. 

The value of the shares issued was $7,877 million. Refer to Note 12 for further details. 

Page 126  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 22. Reserves 

Cash flow hedge reserve 

The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of hedging 
instruments used in cash flow hedges, pending subsequent recognition in the income statement as the hedged cash 
flows or items affecting profit or loss. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the 
reporting entity. 

Common control reserve 

The common control reserve comprises differences arising from transfers of assets and liabilities in exchange of 
equity interests among entities with shareholders that had jointly controlled the Company during the year. 

Cash flow hedge reserve 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Common control reserve 

Share-based payments reserve 

Movement in reserves 

Balance at 1 January 

Change in value of cash flow hedge reserve 

Change in value foreign currency translation reserve 

Change in value of common control reserve 

Recognition of share-based payments reserve 

Balance at 31 December 

2021 
$m 

-

(1) 

3 

3 

5 

1 

1 

-

-

3 

5 

2020 
$m 

(1) 

(1) 

3 

-

1 

(1) 

-

(1) 

3 

-

1 

Page 127  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 23. Dividends 

During the year ended 31 December 2021, the following dividends were paid: 

• 

• 

fully franked final FY20 dividend of $139 million (7.5 cents per fully paid share) was paid on 14 April 2021 
(2020: nil); 
fully franked interim FY21 dividend of $149 million (8.0 cents per fully paid share) was paid on 13 October 2021 
(2020:nil). 

Subsequent to year end, on 24 February 2022, the Board of directors have declared a fully franked final FY21 dividend 
of 8.5 cents per share. As the final dividend was not declared or resolved to be paid by the Board as at 31 December 
2021, the dividend has not been provided for in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The final FY21 
dividend has a record date of 16 March 2022 will be paid on 13 April 2022. 

All dividends declared or paid during the year were fully franked at the tax rate of 30%. 

Dividend franking account 

30 per cent franking credits available to shareholders of the Company 
for subsequent financial years 

2021 
$m 

417 

2020 
$m 

540 

The above available amounts are based on the balance of the dividend franking account at year-end adjusted for: 

• 
• 

franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liabilities; and 
franking credits transferred in on business combinations. 

Note 24. Related party transactions 

(a)  Parent entities 

TPG Telecom Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group (since 26 June 2020). 

For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group was jointly controlled by the following immediate parent entities 
until 26 June 2020 (for accounting purposes). 

NAME OF ENTITY 

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY 

COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION 

% 

Hutchison 3G Australia 
Holdings Pty Limited 

Immediate Australian jointly controlling 
parent entity 

Hutchison Telecommunications 
(Australia) Ltd 

Ultimate Australian jointly controlling 
parent entity 

Australia

Australia

Vodafone Oceania Limited 

Immediate jointly controlling parent entity 

United Kingdom 

50.00 

50.00 

50.00 

The Group was jointly controlled by the following ultimate parent entities until 26 June 2020 (for accounting 
purposes). 

NAME OF ENTITY 

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY 

COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION 

% 

CK Hutchison Holdings Ltd 

Ultimate  jointly controlling parent entity 

Cayman Islands 

Vodafone Group Plc 

Ultimate  jointly controlling parent entity 

United Kingdom 

43.93 

50.00 

Page 128  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 24. Related party transactions continued 

(b)  Interests in other entities 

Interests in other entities are set out in Note 13. 

(c)  Key management personnel 

The aggregate compensation made to directors and other members of the key management personnel of the Group is 
set out below: 

2021 
$’000 

11,373 

242 

79 

1,469 

2,268 

2020 
$’000 

8,784 

208 

137 

1,366 

2,930 

15,431 

13,425 

2021 
$’000 

2020 
$’000 

26,124

44,931

2,810

3,390

1,679

1,111

3,204

13,633 

50,106 

3,052 

1,849 

3,657 

2,446 

1,393 

-

280,407 

1,723

-

-

855 

82,026 

1,909 

Short-term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Long-term benefits 

Termination benefits 

Share-based payments 

(d)  Transactions with related parties 

Purchases of goods and services 

Purchases of equipment 

Service fee paid/payable 

Roaming fee paid/payable 

IOT fee paid/payable 

Provision of services 

Service fee received/receivable 

Roaming income received/receivable 

IOT income received/receivable 

Other transactions 

Pre-acquisition dividends paid 

Office rental 

Guarantee fee paid/payable 

Interest expense paid/payable 

All transactions were made on normal commercial terms and conditions and at market rates. 

Page 129  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 24. Related party transactions continued 

(e)  Outstanding balances arising from sales/purchases of goods and services 

The following balances are outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to transactions with related 
parties: 

Current receivables 

Hutchison Telecommunications (Australia) Limited (joint parent entity until 26 June 2020) 

Other related parties 

Current payables 

Other related parties 

(f)  Derivative transactions with related parties 

Swaps entered with related entities of CK Hutchison Holdings Limited 

Net interest revenue 

Swaps entered with related entities of Vodafone Group Plc 

Net interest revenue 

Note 25. Share-based payments  

2021 
$’000 

2020 
$’000 

147 

200 

347 

920 

489 

1,409 

5,045 

5,045 

23,755 

23,755 

2021 
$’000 

2020 
$’000 

-

-

10,089 

10,097 

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to executives and eligible employees via the short-term incentive 
(STI) and long-term incentive (LTI) schemes. 

The fair value of shares granted to employees for nil consideration is recognised as an expense over the relevant 
service period, being the year to which the STI and LTI relates and the vesting period of the shares. The fair value is 
measured at the grant date of the shares and is recognised in equity in the share-based payment reserve. The number 
of shares expected to vest is estimated based on non-market vesting conditions (i.e. achievement of performance 
conditions that are based on the Group’s operations and total share return for LTI). The estimates are revised at the 
end of each reporting period and adjustments are recognised in profit or loss and the share-based payment reserve. 

Where shares are forfeited due to a failure by the employee to satisfy the service conditions, any expenses previously 
recognised in relation to such shares are reversed effective from the date of the forfeiture. 

The Group has in place Deferred Share Rights and Performance Rights plans as detailed in the Remuneration Report in 
the 2021 Annual Report. 

Shares required to meet the Deferred Share Rights and Performance Rights obligation will be acquired by an 
employee share trust on market and are held as treasury shares until such time as they become vested. No shares 
were acquired on market during the period while the trust was being established, however, shares will be acquired in 
the next period. 

Page 130  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 25. Share-based payments continued 

Performance Rights - LTI 

Under the LTI scheme, the CEO and executives are granted a LTI amount in the form of rights to shares of the 
Company. The rights are granted in the first year, and subject to the achievement of the LTI scheme performance 
conditions, will vest after three years from the grant date. They automatically convert into one ordinary share each on 
vesting at an exercise price of nil. The executives do not receive any dividends and are not entitled to vote in relation 
to the Performance Rights during the vesting period. If any executive ceases to be employed by the Group within this 
period, the rights will be forfeited, except in special circumstances (including redundancy, retirement, death or total 
and permanent disability or as otherwise agreed by the Board). 

The number of rights granted or outstanding during the year ended 31 December 2021 are set out below. 

At 1 January 

Granted during the year – LTI 2021-2023 

Granted during the year – STI 2020 

Vested during the year 

Forfeited during the year – LTI 2021-2023 

At 31 December 

All awards granted during the year have a $0 exercise price 

31 DECEMBER 
2021 

31 DECEMBER 
2020 
NUMBER OF RIGHTS  NUMBER OF RIGHTS 

-

1,270,701 

54,709 

-

(110,294) 

1,215,116 

-

-

-

-

-

-

The number of rights to be granted is determined based on the value of the LTI amount or the achieved STI divided by 
the weighted average price at which the Company’s shares are traded over the five days following announcement of 
the annual results. 

GRANT DATE 

PLAN 

EXPIRY DATE 

HURDLE 

6-May-21 

6-May-21 

LTI 2021-2023 

31-Mar-25 

LTI 2021-2023 

31-Mar-25 

24-Sep-21 

LTI 2021-2023 

31-Mar-25 

24-Sep-21 

LTI 2021-2023 

31-Mar-25 

OFCF 

TSR 

OFCF 

TSR 

FAIR VALUE PER 
PERFORMANCE SHARE 
RIGHT AT GRANT DATE 

SHARE  VESTING 
DATE 
PRICE 

$4.80 

$5.24  31-Mar-24 

$1.26 

$5.24  31-Mar-24 

$6.54 

$6.91   31-Mar-24 

$2.73 

$6.91   31-Mar-24 

Weighted average remaining contractual life of all performance share rights outstanding at end of period is 2.25 years. 

At 31 December 2021, an estimate of how many rights is likely to vest based on the continuous employment and 
financial performance conditions has been updated. Grant dates were also revised in this update. The fair value of the 
number of rights expected to vest has been expensed in proportion to how far through the vesting period the rights 
are at that date. The amount expensed in the year was $2,817,000 (31 December 2020: nil). 

Page 131  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 25. Share-based payments continued 

The accounting valuation represents the independent valuation of each tranche of Performance Share Rights at their 
respective grant dates. The valuations have been performed using Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) and Operating 
Free Cash Flow (‘OFCF’). Performance Share Rights with a market vesting condition (for example, TSR) incorporates 
the likelihood that the vesting condition will be met. The accounting valuation of Performance Share Rights with a non-
market vesting condition (for example, OFCF) does not take into account the likelihood that the vesting condition will 
be met. 

TSR hurdle – The Monte-Carlo model which incorporates the impact of performance hurdles and the vesting scale on 
the value of the PSRs was used. This pricing model takes into account factors such as the Company’s share price at 
the date of grant, volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free rate of return, expected dividend yield and the 
likelihood that vesting conditions will be met. The accounting valuation of rights issued is allocated equally over the 
vesting period. 

Operating FCF hurdle – The Black-Scholes model was used to determine the fair value of PSRs. This pricing model 
takes into account factors such as the Company’s share price at the date of grant, the risk-free rate of return, 
expected dividend yield and time to maturity. The accounting valuation of rights issued is allocated over the vesting 
period so as to take into account the expected level of vesting over the performance period.   

The model inputs for performance share rights granted during the year ended 31 December 2021 included: 

GRANT DATE 

Share price as at Grant Date 

Share price at Performance Start Date (30-day VWAP) 

Risk-free rate 

Dividend yield 

Effective life 

Exercise price 

TPG volatility 

6-MAY-21 

24-SEP-21 

$5.24 

$7.49 

0.23% 

3.33% 

2.65 

Nil  

30% 

$6.91 

$7.49 

0.10% 

2.43% 

2.27 

Nil  

30% 

The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the performance share 
rights), adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. 

Deferred Share Rights – STI 

A 2021 STI scheme has been established for executives and eligible employees. Under the newly established STI 
scheme, executives and eligible employees receive 60% of the annual STI achieved in cash, and 40% in the form of 
rights to shares of the Company. To date, allocation of Deferred Share Rights has only occurred for the CEO in 
relation to the 2020 performance year as approved by the shareholders at the AGM on 6 May 2021. The rights are 
granted in the following year, with 50% of the Deferred Share Rights vesting after one year from the grant date, and 
the remaining 50% of the Deferred Share Rights vesting after two years from the grant date. They automatically 
convert into one ordinary share each on vesting at an exercise price of nil. The executives and eligible employees do 
not receive any dividends and are not entitled to vote in relation to the Deferred Share Rights during the vesting 
period. If any executive or eligible employee ceases to be employed by the Group within this period, the rights will be 
forfeited, except in special circumstances (including redundancy, retirement, death or total and permanent disability or 
as otherwise agreed by the Board).  

Page 132  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 25. Share-based payments continued 

The fair value of the Deferred Share Rights at grant date for the 2021 STI plan was estimated at $5.43 by taking the 
market price of the company’s shares less the present value of expected dividends that will not be received by the 
executives on their rights during the vesting period. The fair value of the Deferred Share Rights at grant date for the 
2020 STI plan was $4.80. 

GRANT DATE 

PLAN 

VESTING DATE  EXPIRY DATE 

6-May-21 

6-May-21 

STI 2020 

31-Mar-22 

STI 2020 

31-Mar-23 

31-Mar-23 

31-Mar-24 

FAIR VALUE PER SHARE 
NUMBER OF SHARE 
RIGHT AT GRANT DATE  RIGHTS AT GRANT DATE 

$4.80 

$4.80 

27,355 

27,354 

Weighted average remaining contractual life of all performance share rights outstanding at end of period is 0.75 years. 

The fair value of the Deferred Share Rights at grant date was estimated as in the above table by taking the market 
price of the company’s shares on that date less the present value of expected dividends that will not be received by 
the executives on their rights during the two-year vesting period. 

Note 26. Commitments 

(a)  Capital commitments 

Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment contracted for at the reporting date but not 
recognised as liabilities: 

Not later than 1 year 

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years 

Later than 5 years 

(b)  Other commitments 

2021 
$m 

313

6 

4 

323 

2020 
$m 

346 

20 

-

366 

Commitments for payment of information technology, network support services, and sponsorships under contracts in 
existence at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities: 

Not later than 1 year 

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years 

Later than 5 years 

2021 
$m 

121 

63 

34 

218 

2020 
$m 

108 

96 

72 

276 

Page 133  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 27. Parent entity financial information 

Investments in subsidiaries by the Company are accounted for at cost. The financial information for the Company has 
been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements. 

The parent entity financial information for the year ended 31 December 2021 has been prepared on the basis that the 
transactions and balances of the Group are all recorded in the Parent Entity of the Group, being TPG Telecom Limited. 

TPG Telecom Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiary Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax 
consolidation legislation. 

The head entity, TPG Telecom Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group account for their own 
current and deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group 
continues to be a stand-alone taxpayer in its own right. 

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, TPG Telecom Limited also recognises the current tax 
liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from 
controlled entities in the tax consolidated group. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate 
TPG Telecom Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by TPG Telecom Limited for any 
current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred 
to TPG Telecom Limited under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts are determined by reference to 
the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities' financial statements. 

(a)  Summary financial information 

Financial position 

Assets 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

Contributed equity 

Cash flow hedge reserve 

Pre-merger accumulated losses 

Post-merger retained earnings 

Total equity 

Financial performance 

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive profit for the year 

Page 134  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

2,178 

16,465 

18,643 

1,416 

4,542 

5,958 

3,301 

17,253 

20,554 

2,798 

5,348 

8,146 

12,685

12,408 

18,399 

18,399 

3 

(7,389)

1,672 

2 

(7,389) 

1,396 

12,685

12,408 

564 

565 

1,187 

1,183 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 27. Parent entity financial information continued 

(b)  Guarantees entered into by the parent entity 

Unsecured 

(c) Capital commitments 

2021 
$m 

10 

10 

2020 
$m 

6 

6 

Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment contracted for at the reporting date but not 
recognised as liabilities: 

Not later than 1 year 

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years 

Later than 5 years 

(d)  Other commitments 

2021 
$m 

313 

6 

4 

323 

2020 
$m 

272 

20 

-

292 

Commitments for payment of information technology, network support services, and sponsorships under contracts in 
existence at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities: 

Not later than 1 year 

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years 

Later than 5 years 

2021 
$m 

121 

63 

34 

218 

2020 
$m 

103 

88 

67 

258 

Page 135  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee 

The parties to the deed of cross guarantee are those as disclosed in Note 13. Each entity that is a party to the deed of 
cross guarantee has guaranteed the debts of the other parties. By entering into the deed, each of the wholly-owned 
entities that would otherwise be subject to the requirement to prepare a financial report and director’s report have 
been relieved from that requirement under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785. 

Set out below is the summarised consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the 
entities that are parties to the deed of cross guarantee. 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Other income 

Cost of provision of telecommunication services 

Cost of handsets and hardware sold 

Employee benefits expense 

Other operating expenses 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 

Depreciation and amortisation expense 

Results from operating activities 

Finance income 

Finance expenses 

Net financing costs 

Profit/(loss) before income tax 

Income tax (expense)/benefit 

Profit for the year 

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax: 

Foreign exchange translation differences 

Net gain on cash flow hedges taken to equity 

Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax: 

Net change in fair value of assets measured through other comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

2021 
$m 

5,274 

45 

2020 
$m 

4,322 

15 

(1,963) 

(1,351) 

(891) 

(360) 

(370) 

(881) 

(299) 

(402) 

1,735 

1,404 

(1,417) 

(1,183) 

318 

1 

(150) 

(149) 

169 

(49) 

221 

3 

(292) 

(289) 

(68) 

821 

120 

753 

-

1 

-

1 

-

3 

-

3 

121 

756 

Page 136  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee continued 

Set out below is the consolidated statement of financial position for the deed of cross guarantee. 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Derivative financial instruments 

Prepayments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Property, plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Intangible assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Prepayments 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Contract liabilities 

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Derivative financial instruments 

Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Contract liabilities 

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Accumulated losses 

Total equity 

Page 137  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

200

461

95 

-

58 

814 

203

3,311

1,294

117 

614 

51 

-

74 

856 

109 

3,195 

1,012 

13,075

13,359 

262

27 

18,172 

18,986 

264 

28 

17,967 

18,823 

909 

281 

-

61 

108 

-

99 

924 

271 

-

92 

82 

1 

80 

1,458 

1,450 

17 

4,290 

1,359 

62 

73 

5,801 

7,259 

25 

4,330 

1,051 

64 

6 

5,476 

6,926 

11,727 

11,897 

18,399 

18,399 

5 

2 

(6,677) 

(6,504) 

11,727 

11,897 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 29. Financial risk management 

The Group’s activities are exposed to a variety of financial risks which include market risk (including interest rate risk 
and foreign currency risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management seeks to minimise the 
potential adverse effects of these risks on the financial performance of the Group. 

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, its objectives, policies and 
processes for measuring and managing risk, and the management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures are 
included throughout this financial report. 

The Board of directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the risk management framework. 

Risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk 
limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed 
regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Group’s activities. The Group aims to develop a disciplined 
and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations. 

The Group’s Audit & Risk Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk 
management policies and procedures and reviews the adequacy of the risk management framework in relation to the 
risks faced by the Group. 

(a)  Market risk 

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the 
Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to 
manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising return. 

(i) 

Interest rate risk 

The Group has cash balances placed with reputable banks and financial institutions which generate interest income 
for the Group. The Group manages its interest rate risks on its interest income by placing the cash balances on 
varying maturities and interest rate terms. Based on the closing cash balance, an increase in interest rates of 50 basis 
points on the unhedged position (mostly cash and cash equivalents) will generate a profit of $1.0 million to the profit 
or loss, a similar decrease in interest rates will generate a $1.0 million loss to the profit or loss. 

The Group’s borrowings include bank borrowings and leases. The borrowings expose the Group to interest rate risk. 
As at 31 December 2021, approximately 25% (2020: 21%) of the Group’s borrowings were at fixed rates of interest 
(0% of borrowings were at fixed rates, when excluding leases under AASB 16). As at 31 December 2021, assuming 
that the market interest rate is 50 basis points higher or lower and with no change in other variables, the annualised 
interest expense on borrowings would be higher or lower by $21.5 million (2020: $21.7 million). 

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap 
contracts outstanding: 

2021 

2020 

WEIGHTED 
AVERAGE 
INTEREST RATE 
% 

PERCENTAGE 
OF TOTAL 
LOANS 
% 

BALANCE 
$m 

WEIGHTED 
AVERAGE 

INTEREST RATE  BALANCE 
$m 
% 

PERCENTAGE 
OF TOTAL 
LOANS 
% 

1.43 

4,290 

-

4,290 

100 

100 

2.08 

4,330 

-

4,330 

100 

100 

Bank overdrafts 
and bank loans 

Net exposure to 
interest rate risk 

Page 138  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 29. Financial risk management continued 

(ii)  Foreign currency risk 

The Group is exposed to currency risk on revenues, expenses, receivables and payables that are denominated in a 
currency other than its functional currency, the Australian dollar (AUD). The Group is mainly exposed to the United 
States Dollar (USD), Philippine Peso (PHP), South African Rand (ZAR), Indian Rupee (INR), with minor exposures to 
other currencies. The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against 
relevant foreign currencies. The percentages disclosed below represent changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e. 
forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only 
outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given 
percentage change in foreign exchange rates. A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity 
and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in profit and equity. 

USD impact 

10% 

(10%) 

INR impacts 

10% 

(10%) 

PHP impacts 

10% 

(10%) 

PROFIT/(LOSS)1 

EQUITY2 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

1 

(1) 

(1) 

1 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2) 

3 

(2) 

3 

(1) 

1 

(2) 

3 

(2) 

3 

-

-

1.  Profit/(loss): this is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, 

foreign currency investments, receivables and payables. 

2.  Equity: this is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges. 

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

During the year, the following foreign exchange related amounts were recognised in consolidated income statement 
and consolidated statement of comprehensive income: 

Profit or loss 

Net loss on foreign currency derivatives 

Exchange gain on foreign currency borrowings 

Other foreign exchange (loss)/gain 

Other comprehensive income 

Movement in reserves 

(iii) Equity price risk 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

-

-

(1) 

(1) 

(97) 

97 

1 

1 

1 

(1) 

The Group is exposed to equity price risk because of its investments in available-for-sale equity securities. Material 
investments are managed on an individual basis with the goal of maximising returns. 

Page 139  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 29. Financial risk management continued 

(b)  Credit risk 

Credit risk is managed on an entity basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and 
financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to related parties. The Group has adopted a policy of only dealing 
with creditworthy counterparties as a means of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. 

(i) 

Impairment of financial assets (trade receivables) 

The Group applies the AASB 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance for all receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been 
grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. 

At 31 December 2021 

Expected loss rate 

Gross trade receivables 

Loss allowance 

At 31 December 2020 

Expected loss rate 

Gross trade receivables 

Loss allowance 

% 

$m 

$m 

% 

$m 

$m 

1-30 
DAYS 
PAST DUE 

31 TO 60 
DAYS 
PAST DUE 

61 TO 90  MORE THAN 
91 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

DAYS 
PAST DUE 

TOTAL 

CURRENT 

5.8 

151 

9 

9.5 

169 

16 

9.0 

38 

3 

6.7 

45 

3 

23.0 

37.9 

6 

1 

2 

1 

25.0 

25.0 

8 

2 

4 

1 

79.3 

7 

6 

75.0 

20 

15 

204 

20 

246 

37 

The table above covers the expected credit loss rate of trade receivables and other debtors. Collectability of 
receivables are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group applies the AASB 9 simplified approach to measuring 
expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all receivables. To measure the expected 
credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. 

Geographically, the Group is subject to a concentration of credit risk as predominantly all of its revenue is generated 
in Australia. 

(c) Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Prudent 
liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding 
through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities and the support from related parties. 

The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity 
profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Treasury aims at maintaining flexibility in funding by keeping committed 
credit lines available with a variety of counterparties. Surplus funds are generally only invested in instruments that are 
tradeable in highly liquid markets. 

Page 140  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 29. Financial risk management continued 

Contractual maturities of financial liabilities 

The contractual maturities of the Group’s financial liabilities were as follows: 

FINANCIAL 
LIABILITIES 

At 31 December 2021 

Trade and other 
payables 

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

At 31 December 2020 

Trade and other 
payables 

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

LESS THAN 
6-12  BETWEEN   BETWEEN  
6 MONTHS  MONTHS  1-2 YEARS  2-5 YEARS 
$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

TOTAL  CARRYING 
OVER  CONTRACTUAL  AMOUNT OF 
CASH FLOWS  LIABILITIES 
$m 

5 YEARS 
$m 

$m 

1,118 

34 

87 

-

39 

83 

1,239 

122 

927 

58 

88 

1,073 

– 

49 

86 

135 

-

75 

162 

237 

– 

104 

165 

269 

-

4,383 

427 

4,810 

– 

4,465 

429 

4,894 

-

-

1,280 

1,280 

– 

-

904 

904 

1,118 

4,531 

2,039 

7,688 

927 

4,676 

1,672 

7,275 

1,118 

4,290 

1,420 

6,828 

927 

4,330 

1,143 

6,400 

(d)  Fair value measurement 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction in the principal market at the measurement date under current market conditions. Fair value is an exit price 
regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. 

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include: 

• 
• 

• 

the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; 
the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance 
sheet date; and 
the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis. 

The following table summarises information on how the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities measured 
at fair value are determined. 

DESCRIPTION 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts 

Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on forward exchange rates 
(from observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period) and contract 
forward rates, discounted by the observable yield curves of the respective currency. 

Handset and accessories 
receivables 

Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on implicit interest rate on 
handset receivable sale arrangements to external parties. 

Page 141  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 29. Financial risk management continued 

(e)  Fair value hierarchy 

To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the Group classifies its 
financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standards. 

Level 1:  The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivative, and trading 

and available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted (unadjusted) market prices at the end of the reporting 
period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These 
instruments are included in Level 1. 

Level 2:  The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter 

derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of 
observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If all 
significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. 

Level 3:  If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in 

Level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities. 

The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured and recognised at fair value 
at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 on a recurring basis: 

At 31 December 2021 

Financial assets 

Handset and accessories receivables 

Financial liabilities 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 

At 31 December 2020 

Financial assets 

Handset and accessories receivables 

Financial liabilities 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 

LEVEL 1 
$m 

LEVEL 2 
$m 

LEVEL 3 
$m 

TOTAL 
$m 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

130 

130 

-

-

153 

153 

1 

-

1 

Page 142  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 29. Financial risk management continued 

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the 
reporting period. There were no transfers between levels during the period. 

The Group did not measure any financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis as at 31 
December 2021 (2020: nil). 

Valuation techniques used to determine fair values 

The fair value of foreign cross currency swap contract derivatives is determined using Bloomberg valuations at the 
balance sheet date. 

Foreign currency forward contracts are measured based on observable spot exchange rates, the yield curves of the 
respective currencies as well as the currency basis spreads between the respective currencies. 

The fair value of handset receivables is determined using the implicit interest rate on handset receivable sale 
arrangements to external parties at the balance date. 

(f)  Capital management 

The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and 
to sustain the future development of the business. The Board monitors return on capital, which the Group defines as 
profit from operating activities divided by total shareholders’ equity. The Board also determines the level of dividends 
to be paid to shareholders. 

The Board seeks to maintain a balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of 
borrowings, and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position. 

From time to time, the Group may purchase its own shares on market for the purpose of issuing shares under 
employee share plans. The Group does not currently have a defined share buy-back plan. 

There were no changes to the Group’s capital management during the year. 

The Group’s net debt to equity ratio at the reporting date was as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Borrowings (current) 

Borrowings (non-current) 

Lease liabilities (current) 

Lease liabilities (non-current) 

Derivative financial instruments 

Net debt 

Total equity 

Net debt to equity ratio at 31 December 

2021 
$m 

202 

-

2020 
$m 

120 

– 

(4,290) 

(4,330) 

(61) 

(92) 

(1,359) 

(1,051) 

-

(1) 

(5,508) 

(5,354) 

11,718 

11,892 

0.47 

0.45 

Page 143  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 30. Auditor’s remuneration 

The Group’s external auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). In addition to the audit and review of the Group’s 
financial reports, PwC provides other services throughout the year. This note shows the total fees to external auditors 
split between audit, audit related and non-audit services. 

Audit and other assurance services 

Audit and review of financial statements* 

Other statutory assurance services 

Other assurance services 

2021 
$’000 

2020 
$’000 

2,138 

2,228 

17 

56 

25 

128 

2,211 

2,381 

*The comparative has been updated for additional prior period audit fee expensed during the current period. 

Note 31. Events occurring after the reporting period 

Other than the below mentioned matters, there have been no other matter or circumstance that has arisen after the 
reporting date that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

(i) 

the operations of the Company and of the Group in future financial years, or 

(ii)  the results of those operations in future financial years, or 

(iii)  the state of affairs of the Company and of the Group in future financial years. 

COVID Pandemic 

Since the reporting date, the COVID pandemic continues to persist and containment policies by the Australian 
Government and governments around the world remain in force to prevent the spread of COVID. The level of 
restrictions and measures to limit movement into and out of Australia, and also domestically, is ongoing, and 
continues to impact inbound related connections, visitor revenue and international roaming revenues. While there is 
prevailing uncertainty of the extent and duration of the COVID pandemic, it is reasonably likely that the pandemic will 
continue to have an impact on the Group’s operations and results in future periods. 

Tower sale 

The strategic review of the Towers portfolio announced on 20 August 2021 is nearing completion as TPG continues to 
assess market conditions, potential bidder appetite and the relative strategic benefits of retaining or divesting the 
assets. While the benefits of retaining and divesting are still being assessed, TPG anticipates any potential sale 
process from the strategic review would occur and complete during FY22. 

Page 144  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued 

Note 31. Events occurring after the reporting period continued 

Announcement of regional MOCN agreement with Telstra 

On 21 February 2022 TPG announced a regional Multi-Operator Core Network (MOCN) agreement with Telstra (ASX: 
TLS) which will provide TPG Telecom group’s subscribers with 4G and 5G coverage for data, calls and messaging 
from over 3,700 Telstra sites in regional and rural Australia.  

The network sharing agreement will significantly expand TPG Telecom’s mobile network footprint through an increase 
in regional sites. 

Under the terms of the arrangements: 

• 

• 

TPG Telecom will have access to over 3,700 Telstra 4G and 5G mobile sites in regional Australia, with 
customer traffic to continue to be managed through TPG Telecom’s core network. 

TPG Telecom will provide Telstra with access to some of its existing 4G and 5G spectrum to use in the 

regional network. 

The MOCN is expected to be available to TPG customers by the end of the year. 

TPG Telecom will continue to operate its own 3G, 4G and 5G networks to cover metropolitan areas. After the regional 
MOCN is operational, TPG Telecom will decommission its remaining regional mobile sites, reducing environmental 
impact, energy consumption, operating costs and future capex. The decommissioning is expected to take up to two 
years to complete from operational implementation. 

Subject to finalisation of the ACCC approval, TPG Telecom will recognise one-off, non-cash accounting impacts in its 
2022 financial results arising from the decommissioning of sites as follows: the recognition of onerous lease related 
charges of up to $150 million, and a write-down to the value of network infrastructure assets of up to $75 million. In 
addition, site decommissioning costs are expected to be up to $50 million. 

Dividends declared 

The Board of directors have declared a fully franked final FY21 dividend of 8.5 cents per share on 24 February 2022. 
As the final dividend was not declared or resolved to be paid by the Board of directors as at 31 December 2021, the 
dividend has not been provided for in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The dividend has a record 
date of 16 March 2022 and will be paid on 13 April 2022. All dividends declared or paid were fully franked at the tax 
rate of 30%. The ability to utilise the franking credits is dependent upon the ability of the Company to pay dividends. 
The impact on the dividend franking account of dividends proposed after the balance sheet date but not yet 
recognised as a liability is to reduce it by $68 million (2020: nil). 

Page 145  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Declaration 

In the Directors’ opinion: 

(a)  the financial statements and notes are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)  complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulation 2001 and other mandatory professional 

reporting requirements, and 

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 December 2021 and of its performance for 

the financial year ended on that date, and 

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable, and 

(c)  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed 

group identified in Note 13 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, 
subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in Notes 13 and 28. 

Note 2 confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as 
required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

Fok Kin Ning, Canning 
Chairman 

24 February 2022 

Iñaki Berroeta 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

24 February 2022 

Page 146  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Independent  auditor's  report 

To the members  ofTPG Telecom Limited 

Report  on  the  audit  of the  financial  report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The accompanying financial report  ofTPG Telecom Limited (the Company) and its controlled  entities 
(together  the Group) is in accordance with the  Corporations Act  2001, 

including: 

(a)  giving a true  and fair view of the Group's financial position  as at 31  December  2021  and of its 

financial performance  for the year then  ended 

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards  and the Corporations  Regulations  2001. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial report  comprises: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

the consolidated  statement  of financial position  as at 31  December 2021 
the consolidated  statement  of comprehensive  income for the year then  ended 
the consolidated  statement  of changes in equity for the year then  ended 
the consolidated  statement  of cash flows for the year then  ended 
the consolidated  income statement  for the year then  ended 
the notes to the consolidated  financial statements,  which include significant accounting  policies 
and other  explanatory  information 
the directors'  declaration. 

Basis  for  opinion 

We conducted  our audit  in accordance with Australian  Auditing Standards.  Our responsibilities  under 
those standards  are further  described  in the Audito,·'s  responsibilities for  the audit  of the financial 
,·eport section of our report. 

We believe that  the audit evidence we have obtained  is sufficient and appropriate  to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We are independent  of the Group in accordance with the auditor  independence  requirements  of the 
Corporntions Act  2001  and the  ethical requirements  of the Accounting Professional & Ethical 
Standards  Board's APES 110  Code of Ethics for  Professional Accountants  (including  Independence 
Standards)  (the Code) that  are relevant to our audit of the financial report  in Australia. We have also 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities  in accordance  with the  Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers,  ABN 52 780 433 757 
One International  Towers  Sydney, Watermans  Quay, Barangaroo,  GPO BOX 2650,  SYDNEY NSW  2001 
T: +61 2 8266  0000,  F: +61282669999,  www.pwc.com.au 
Level 11, 1PSQ, 169 Macquarie  Street,  Parramatta  NSW 2150, PO Box 1155 Parramatta  NSW 2124 
T: +61 2 9659  2476, F: +61 2 8266  9999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited  by a scheme  approved  under  Professional  Standards  Legislation. 

Page 147  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued 

Our  audit  approach 

An  audit is designed to provide reasonable  assurance  about whether  the financial report  is free from 
material  misstatement.  Misstatements  may arise due to fraud or error.  They are considered  material  if 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

Materiality 

Audit  scope 

For the  purpose  of our audit  we used overall 
Group  materiality  of $43m,  which represents 
approximately  2.5% of the Group's  earnings 
before interest,  tax, depreciation  and 
amortisation  (EBITDA). 

We applied  this threshold,  together  with 
qualitative  considerations,  to determine  the scope 
of our audit  and  the nature,  timing and  extent of 
our audit  procedures  and to evaluate  the effect of 
misstatements  on the financial  report  as a whole. 

We chose Group earnings  before interest,  tax, 
depreciation  and amortisation  because, in our 
view, it is the benchmark  against which the 
performance  of the Group  is most  commonly 
measured. 

We utilised a 2.5% threshold  based  on our 
professional judgement,  noting  it is within the 
range of commonly  acceptable  thresholds. 

Our audit  focused on where the Group made 
subjective judgements;  for example, significant 
accounting  estimates  involving assumptions  and 
inherently  uncertain  future  events. 

The Group operates  across two operating 
segments,  being Consumer  and  Corporate,  with 
its head  office functions  based  in Sydney, 
Australia. 

We tailored  the scope of our audit  to ensure  that 
we performed  enough  work to be able to give an 
opinion  on the financial  report  as a whole, taking 
into  account  the management  structure  of the 
Group, its accounting  processes  and controls  and 
its industry  in which it operates. 

Key  audit  matters 

Key audit  matters  are those matters  that,  in our professional judgement,  were of most significance in 
our audit  of the financial report  for the current  period. The key audit matters  were addressed  in the 
context of our audit of the financial report  as a whole, and in forming our opinion  thereon,  and we do 
not provide a separate  opinion  on these  matters.  Further,  any commentary  on the outcomes of a 

Page 148  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued 

particular  audit  procedure  is made in that  context. We communicated  the key audit  matters  to the 
Audit and Risk Committee. 

Key audit  matter 

How  our  audit  addressed  the  key  audit  matter 

Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers 
(Refer to note 4) $5,293m 

Revenue from contracts  with customers  was a key 
audit  matter  given the: 

magnitude  of the balance 

• 

• 

number  of different  revenue streams  and 
types of variable consideration  given the 
diversity of products  and services 

complexity of the contractual  arrangements 
in telecommunication  services 

We have also focussed on revenue recognition as the 
Group uses complex manual  calculations, dependent 
on information  from multiple billing systems, to 
determine  the timing of revenue recognition and the 
value of contract  liabilities for the relevant financial 
period for each revenue stream. 

We assessed the Group's accounting policy in light of 
the requirements  of Australian Accounting Standards 
and developed an understanding  of the key terms  of 
the arrangements  with customers  and performance 
obligations. 

Our procedures  included, amongst  others: 

• 

testing  on a sample basis whether  revenue 
had been  recorded at the correct amount  and 
in the correct period,  in accordance with the 
Group's revenue  recognition policy. This 
included assessing whether: 

o 

o 

o 

o 

evidence of an underlying 
arrangement  with the customer 
existed 

appropriate  performance 
obligations and consideration  had 
been identified 

amounts  allocated to the 
pe1formance obligations were made 
with reference to their standalone 
selling prices, where relevant 

the timing  of revenue recognition 
had been  appropriately  considered 
for each revenue stream  in 
accordance with its performance 
obligations 

We assessed  the adequacy of the Group's disclosures 
of revenue from contracts  with customers  in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. 

Page 149  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued 

Key audit  matter 

How  our  audit  addressed  the  key  audit  matter 

Carrying  value  of  goodwill  and  indefinite 
intangible  assets 
(Refer to note 16) $8,939m 

life 

The Group  recognises  assets  for goodwill and 
indefinite  life intangible  assets  (brand  names),  which 
are allocated  to a cash generating  unit  (CGU). The 
Group has two cash generating  units  for goodwill 
which are Corporate  and Consumer.  Under Australian 
Accounting Standards,  the Group is required  to assess 
the canying  value of goodwill and  indefinite  lived 
intangible  assets  annually for impairment, 
irrespective  of whether  there  are indicators  of 
impairment. 

Determination  as to whether  or not there  is an 
impairment  relating  to an asset in a CGU involves 
significant judgment  about  the future  cash flows and 
plans  for these  assets  and  CG Us. 

Forecasting  of future  cash flows requires  estimation  of 
EBITDA, terminal  growth  rate,  and discount  rates. 

The Group, in accordance  with accounting  standards, 
has  prepared  a value-in-use  model (VIU) for 
impairment  purposes.  Given the sensitivity of the VIU 
model to reasonable  possible changes  in key 
assumptions,  there  is a risk that  there  could be 
material  impairment  to goodwill and  indefinite  life 
intangible  assets. 

The carrying value of goodwill and other  indefinite  life 
intangible  assets  was a key audit  matter  given their 
financial  significance to the consolidated  statement  of 
financial  position  and  the judgement  applied  by the 
Group in completing  and concluding  on the 
impairment  assessment. 

We performed  the following procedures,  amongst 
others: 

• 

• 

• 

developed an understanding  of the  key 
controls  associated  with the  identification  of 
impairment  indicators  and the  preparation 
of the discounted  cash flow models used to 
assess the  recoverable  amount  of the Group's 
CG Us (the VIU model) 

evaluated  the Group's  methodologies  and 
their  documented  basis for significant 
assumptions  utilised  in the value in use 
(VIU) model 

evaluated  the Group's  assessment  of whether 
there  were any indicators  of asset 
impairment,  by inspecting  relevant  indust1y 
and broker  reports  and assessing  the Group's 
internal  reporting  and the long-range  plan 

tested  the mathematical  accuracy of the VIU 
model's  calculations 

assessed  whether  the allocation  of the 
Group's goodwill and  intangible  assets  into 
CGUs, which are the smallest  identifiable 
groups  of assets  that  can generate  largely 
independent  cash inflows, was consistent 
with our knowledge of the Group's 
operations  and internal  Group reporting 

assessed  whether  the CG Us included  assets, 
liabilities and  cash flows directly attributable 
to each CGU and a reasonable  allocation  of 
corporate  assets and  overheads 

considered  if the VIU model  used to estimate 
the  recoverable amount  of the assets  is 
consistent  with the requirements  of 
Australian  Accounting Standards 

compared  the significant  assumptions  used 
in the VIU model to historical  results, 
economic and industry  forecasts 

Page 150  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued 

Key  audit  matter 

How  our  audit  addressed  the  key  audit  matter 

• 

• 

• 

• 

compared  the forecast  cash flows used in the 
VIU model to the  most up-to-date  budgets 
and business  plans  formally approved  by the 
Board 

evaluated  the Group's  historical  ability to 
forecast  future  cash flows by 

o 

o 

comparing  budgets  with reported 
actual  results  for the past year, and 
actual cash flows for the previous 
three  years to forecast cash flows 
and 

evaluating  the support  available 
from the  Group for significant 
differences  in actual  and forecast 
cash flows 

assessed  the terminal  value growth rates by 
comparing  to external  information  sources 
with the assistance  of PwC valuation  experts 

with the assistance  of PwC valuation  experts 
we assessed  whether  the discount  rate 
appropriately  reflected the  risks of the CG Us 
by comparing  the discount  rate assumptions 
to market  data,  comparable  companies  and 
industry  research 

assessed  whether  cash flows for periods 
beyond  those  covered by formal plans 
assumed  a steady or declining growth  rate 
for cash flows 

assessed  the Group's  consideration  of 
reasonable  possible changes  in significant 
assumptions  that  would cause an 
impairment 

compared  market  capitalisation  of the Group 
to the Group's  net assets 

Assessed the  reasonableness  of the Group's 
disclosures  of impairment  of goodwill and  indefinite 
life intangible  assets  in accordance  with Australian 
Accounting Standards. 

Page 151  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued 

Other  information 

The directors  are responsible  for the other information.  The other  information  comprises the 
information  included in the annual  report  for the year ended  31 December 2021, but  does not include 
the financial report  and our auditor's  report  thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report  does not cover the other  information  and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance  conclusion thereon. 

In connection  with our audit of the financial report,  our responsibility  is to read the other  information 
and, in doing so, consider whether  the other information  is materially  inconsistent  with the financial 
report  or our knowledge obtained  in the audit,  or otherwise  appears  to be materially misstated. 

If, based  on the work we have performed  on the other  information  that  we obtained  prior to the date of 
this auditor's  report,  we conclude that  there  is a material  misstatement  of this other  information,  we 
are required  to report  that  fact. We have nothing  to report  in this  regard. 

Responsibilities  of the  directors  for  the  financial  report 

The directors  of the Company are responsible for the  preparation  of the financial  report  that  gives a 
true  and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards  and the  Corporations Act  2001 
and for such internal  control as the directors  determine  is necessary to enable the preparation  of the 
financial report  that  gives a true  and fair view and is free from material  misstatement,  whether  due to 
fraud  or error. 

In preparing  the financial report,  the directors  are responsible  for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue  as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters  related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting  unless the directors  either  intend  to liquidate  the Group or to cease 
operations,  or have no realistic alternative  but to do so. 

Auditor's  responsibilities 

for  the  audit  of the  financial  report 

Our objectives are to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about whether  the financial report  as a whole is free 
from material  misstatement,  whether  due to fraud  or error,  and to issue an auditor's  report  that 
includes our opinion.  Reasonable assurance  is a high level of assurance,  but is not a guarantee  that  an 
audit  conducted  in accordance with the Australian  Auditing Standards  will always detect  a material 
misstatement  when it exists. Misstatements  can arise from fraud or error  and are considered  material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably  be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken  on the basis of the financial report. 

A further  description  of our responsibilities  for the  audit of the financial report  is located  at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards  Board website at: 
https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content1o2/c3/an_2o2o.pdf. 
our auditor's  report. 

This description  forms part  of 

Page 152  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued 

pwc 

Report  on  the  remuneration 

report 

Our  opinion  on  the  remuneration 

report 

We have audited  the remuneration  report  included in pages 32  to 70 of the directors'  report for the 
year ended  31  December  2021. 

In our opinion, the  remuneration  report  ofTPG Telecom Limited for the year ended  31  December 2021 
complies with section 300A  of the  Corporations Act  2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors  of the Company are responsible  for the  preparation  and presentation  of the 
remuneration  report  in accordance with section 300A  of the Corporations Act  2001.  Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on the remuneration  report,  based  on our audit conducted  in accordance with 
Australian  Auditing Standards. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

S Prakash 
Partner 

Sydney 

24  February  2022 

Page 153  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
ASX Additional Information 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 

Additional information required by the Australian Stock Exchange Limited Listing Rules and not disclosed elsewhere in 
this report is set out below. The shareholding information is current as at 8 February 2022. As at that date, there were 
1,859,341,669 ordinary shares held by 23,343 shareholders. 

Substantial shareholders 

The number of shares in which the substantial shareholders and their associates have disclosed a Relevant Interest 
pursuant to the Corporations Act 2001 Section 671B are listed below. 

NAME OF SHAREHOLDER 

CK Hutchison Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries1 

Vodafone Group Plc and its subsidiaries1 

Vodafone Hutchison (Australia) Holdings Pty Ltd1 

Li Ka-Shing Unity Trustee Company Limited as trustee of 
The Li Ka-Shing Unity Trust2 

David Teoh and Vicky Teoh and their associates 

Washington H Soul Pattinson and Company Limited 

Brickworks Limited3 

NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES IN 
WHICH A RELEVANT INTEREST IS HELD* 

% OF ISSUED 
CAPITAL 

1,186,182,662 

1,186,182,662 

1,186,182,662 

63.80% 

63.80% 

63.80% 

931,530,176 

50.10% 

264,121,325 

234,396,121 

234,396,121 

14.21% 

12.61% 

12.61% 

* Relevant Interest as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 Sections 608 and 609, and provided in the above-referenced notices. 
1.  Substantial holding for each of these substantial holders includes 13.70% from a deemed relevant interest in shares of David Teoh and Vicky Teoh 

and their associates which are the subject of a Voluntary Escrow Deed. None of the substantial holders have any control over that 13.70%. 
Substantial holding also includes 25.05% from a deemed relevant interest arising from a shareholders agreement dated 24 June 2020. For further 
details, see Form 604s lodged with the ASX on 15 July 2020. 

2.  Substantial holding arises from its interests in CK Hutchison Holdings Limited. The interests disclosed for this substantial holder are in respect of the 
same shares identified as being interests of CK Hutchison Holdings Limited. For further details see Form 604 lodged with the ASX on 15 July 2020. 
3.  Brickworks Limited’s substantial holding in the company arises by virtue of its holding a 39.4% interest in Washington H Soul Pattinson and Company 

Limited. For further details see Form 604 lodged with the ASX on 17 July 2020. 

Number of restricted securities subject to voluntary escrow 

NUMBER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES SUBJECT TO VOLUNTARY ESCROW 

DATE ESCROW PERIOD ENDS 

1,186,182,662 ordinary shares 

12 July 2022 

Distribution of equity security holders 

An analysis of the number of shareholders by size of holding as at 8 February 2022 is set out below: 

NUMBER OF SHARES HELD 

NUMBER OF HOLDERS 

UNITS 

% UNITS 

1 - 1,000 

1,001 - 5,000 

5,001 - 10,000 

10,001 - 100,000 

100,001 Over 

12,632 

7,741 

1,570 

1,281 

119 

5,105,499 

18,905,879 

11,498,466 

30,988,687 

1,792,843,138 

23,343 

1,859,341,669 

0.27 

1.02 

0.62 

1.67 

96.42 

100.00 

The number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares is 1,519. 

Unquoted equity securities 

As at 8 February 2022, the number of unquoted equity securities is: 

Performance Rights 
Deferred Share Rights 

1,160,407 
54,709 

13 holders 
1 holder 

Page 154  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASX additional information continued 

Twenty largest shareholders (as at 8 February 2022) 

NAME OF SHAREHOLDER 

VODAFONE HUTCHISON (AUSTRALIA) HOLDINGS LIMITED 

WASHINGTON H SOUL PATTINSON AND COMPANY LIMITED 

HUTCHISON 3G AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED 

VODAFONE OCEANIA LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

TSH HOLDINGS PTY LTD 

VICTORIA HOLDINGS PTY LTD 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

VICTORIA HOLDINGS NO 3 PTY LTD 

VICTORIA HOLDINGS NO 1 PTY LTD 

VICTORIA HOLDINGS NO 2 PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

J S MILLNER HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED 

TSH HOLDINGS NO 1 PTY LTD 

TSH HOLDINGS NO 2 PTY LTD 

FARJOY PTY LTD 

BKI INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED  

Voting rights (ordinary shares) 

NUMBER OF ORDINARY 
SHARES HELD 

% OF CAPITAL 
HELD 

517,345,024 

207,596,121 

207,092,576 

207,092,576 

132,615,978 

110,778,498 

109,154,913 

71,769,789 

57,366,756 

27,079,950 

18,124,761 

12,625,118 

9,468,839 

9,468,839 

9,246,110 

7,120,199 

6,312,559 

6,312,559 

6,254,236 

5,511,066 

27.82 

11.17 

11.14 

11.14 

7.13 

5.96 

5.87 

3.86 

3.09 

1.46 

0.97 

0.68 

0.51 

0.51 

0.50 

0.38 

0.34 

0.34 

0.34 

0.30 

1,738,336,467 

93.29 

On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote, and upon 
a poll each share shall have one vote. 

Stock exchange 

TPG Telecom Limited is listed on the Australian Stock Exchange. The home exchange is Sydney, and the 
ASX code is TPG. 

Other information 

TPG Telecom Limited, incorporated and domiciled in Australia, is a publicly listed company limited by shares. 

Principal Registered Office 

Share Registry 

Level 1, 177 Pacific Highway 
North Sydney NSW 2060 

Telephone: 133121 

Email: investor.relations@tpgtelecom.com.au 

Website: www.tpgtelecom.com.au 

Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd 
Level 3, 60 Carrington Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 

Telephone: 
(within Australia) 1300 850 505 
(international) +61 3 9415 4000  

www.investorcentre.com/au 

Page 155  |  TPG Telecom Annual Report 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
A large font version of this annual report will be published on TPG Telecom’s website and made available to 
shareholders on request 

Confidential